Remove check for struct timezone, its result is never used.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob8407815621f2917a405ebdc9e2d0342aa64980bb
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17504 41540))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36 \(fn)" t nil)
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41 \(fn)" t nil)
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46 \(fn)" t nil)
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
52 \(fn)" t nil)
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64 ;;;***
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17504 41540))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
70 ;;;***
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
81 ;;;***
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (17759 28871))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
140 \(fn)" t nil)
142 ;;;***
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17759 28871))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
151 \(fn)" t nil)
153 ;;;***
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17759 28871))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
165 ;;;***
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17746 34860))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
262 \(fn)" t nil)
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
287 \(fn)" nil nil)
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
293 or a buffer.
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
303 \(fn)" t nil)
305 ;;;***
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17701 49518))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
386 BODY... )
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
427 during preloading.
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
433 ;;;***
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17504 41540))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
469 options.
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
474 Fred (123) 456-7890
475 Alice (123) 456-7890
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
477 Joe (123) 456-7890
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
490 align that section.
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
510 to be colored.
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
517 \(fn)" t nil)
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
522 \(fn)" t nil)
524 ;;;***
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17759 28868))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
564 \\<allout-mode-map>
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
574 outline.)
576 In addition to outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
578 - topic-oriented repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - integral outline exposure-layout
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - automatic topic-number maintenance
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and
584 exposure control. (See the allout-mode docstring.)
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the bindings, and then explanation of
589 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
590 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
591 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
592 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
595 The bindings are dictated by the `allout-keybindings-list' and
596 `allout-command-prefix' variables.
598 Navigation: Exposure Control:
599 ---------- ----------------
600 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] allout-next-visible-heading | \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] allout-hide-current-subtree
601 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] allout-previous-visible-heading | \\[allout-show-children] allout-show-children
602 \\[allout-up-current-level] allout-up-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-subtree] allout-show-current-subtree
603 \\[allout-forward-current-level] allout-forward-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-entry] allout-show-current-entry
604 \\[allout-backward-current-level] allout-backward-current-level | \\[allout-show-all] allout-show-all
605 \\[allout-end-of-entry] allout-end-of-entry
606 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] allout-beginning-of-current-entry, alternately, goes to hot-spot
608 Topic Header Production:
609 -----------------------
610 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] allout-open-sibtopic Create a new sibling after current topic.
611 \\[allout-open-subtopic] allout-open-subtopic ... an offspring of current topic.
612 \\[allout-open-supertopic] allout-open-supertopic ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
614 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
615 ---------------------------------
616 \\[allout-shift-in] allout-shift-in Shift current topic and all offspring deeper.
617 \\[allout-shift-out] allout-shift-out ... less deep.
618 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] allout-rebullet-current-heading Prompt for alternate bullet for
619 current topic.
620 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] allout-rebullet-topic Reconcile bullets of topic and its offspring
621 - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
622 alternated according to nesting depth.
623 \\[allout-number-siblings] allout-number-siblings Number bullets of topic and siblings - the
624 offspring are not affected. With repeat
625 count, revoke numbering.
627 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
628 ----------------------------------
629 \\[allout-kill-topic] allout-kill-topic Kill current topic, including offspring.
630 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] allout-copy-topic-as-kill Copy current topic, including offspring.
631 \\[allout-kill-line] allout-kill-line kill-line, attending to outline structure.
632 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] allout-copy-line-as-kill Copy line but don't delete it.
633 \\[allout-yank] allout-yank Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
634 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
635 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
636 \\[allout-yank-pop] allout-yank-pop Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
638 Topic-oriented Encryption:
639 -------------------------
640 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
642 Misc commands:
643 -------------
644 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
645 and establish a default file-var setting
646 for `allout-layout'.
647 \\[allout-mark-topic] allout-mark-topic
648 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer
649 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
650 buffer with name derived from derived from that
651 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
652 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer
653 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
654 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
655 format.
656 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
657 auto-activation.
659 Topic Encryption
661 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
662 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
663 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
664 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
665 \(Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
666 encrypted during file saves; if you're editing the contents of
667 such a topic, it is automatically decrypted for continued
668 editing.) The aim is reliable topic privacy while preventing
669 accidents like neglected encryption before saves, forgetting
670 which passphrase was used, and other practical pitfalls.
672 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring and
673 `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable for details.
675 HOT-SPOT Operation
677 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
678 navigation and exposure control.
680 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
681 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
682 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
683 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
684 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
686 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
687 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
688 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) never get
689 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
690 hot-spot and back to normal operation.
692 Note that the command `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry])
693 will move to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located at the
694 beginning of the current entry, so you usually can hit \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]
695 twice in a row to get to the hot-spot.
697 Terminology
699 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
701 TOPIC: A basic, coherent component of an Emacs outline. It can
702 contain and be contained by other topics.
703 CURRENT topic:
704 The visible topic most immediately containing the cursor.
705 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of a topic; it increases with
706 containment. Also called the:
707 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
709 ANCESTORS:
710 The topics that contain a topic.
711 PARENT: A topic's immediate ancestor. It has a depth one less than
712 the topic.
713 OFFSPRING:
714 The topics contained by a topic;
715 SUBTOPIC:
716 An immediate offspring of a topic;
717 CHILDREN:
718 The immediate offspring of a topic.
719 SIBLINGS:
720 Topics having the same parent and depth.
722 Topic text constituents:
724 HEADER: The first line of a topic, include the topic PREFIX and header
725 text.
726 PREFIX: The leading text of a topic which distinguishes it from normal
727 text. It has a strict form, which consists of a prefix-lead
728 string, padding, and a bullet. The bullet may be followed by a
729 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
730 siblings, a space, and then the header text.
732 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting depth
733 of the topic.
734 PREFIX-LEAD:
735 The string at the beginning of a topic prefix, normally a `.'.
736 It can be customized by changing the setting of
737 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
739 By setting the prefix-lead to the comment-string of a
740 programming language, you can embed outline structuring in
741 program code without interfering with the language processing
742 of that code. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
743 docstring for more detail.
744 PREFIX-PADDING:
745 Spaces or asterisks which separate the prefix-lead and the
746 bullet, determining the depth of the topic.
747 BULLET: A character at the end of the topic prefix, it must be one of
748 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
749 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
750 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
751 bullet when generating topics varies in a cycle with the depth of
752 the topic.
753 ENTRY: The text contained in a topic before any offspring.
754 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
757 EXPOSURE:
758 The state of a topic which determines the on-screen visibility
759 of its offspring and contained text.
760 CONCEALED:
761 Topics and entry text whose display is inhibited. Contiguous
762 units of concealed text is represented by `...' ellipses.
764 Concealed topics are effectively collapsed within an ancestor.
765 CLOSED: A topic whose immediate offspring and body-text is concealed.
766 OPEN: A topic that is not closed, though its offspring or body may be.
768 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
770 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
772 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
773 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
775 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
776 setup for auto-startup.
778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
780 ;;;***
782 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
783 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17504 41540))
784 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
786 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
788 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
789 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
790 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
791 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
792 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
793 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
795 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
797 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
798 Not documented
800 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
802 ;;;***
804 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
805 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17504 41540))
806 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
808 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
809 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
810 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
811 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
812 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
813 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
814 in the current window.
816 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
818 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
819 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
820 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
822 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
824 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
825 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
826 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
828 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
830 ;;;***
832 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
833 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17504 41540))
834 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
836 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
837 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
839 \(fn)" t nil)
841 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
842 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
844 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
845 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
846 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
847 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
849 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
850 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
852 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
854 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
856 ;;;***
858 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
859 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17504 41540))
860 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
862 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
863 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
864 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
865 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
866 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
867 \\[yank].
869 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
870 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
871 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
872 the rules.
874 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
875 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
876 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
877 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
879 \(fn)" t nil)
881 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
882 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
883 \\{antlr-mode-map}
885 \(fn)" t nil)
887 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
888 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
889 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
891 \(fn)" nil nil)
893 ;;;***
895 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
896 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
897 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
898 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17686 53337))
899 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
901 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
902 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
903 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
904 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
906 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
908 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
909 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
911 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
913 (defvar appt-audible t "\
914 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
916 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
918 (defvar appt-visible t "\
919 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
920 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
922 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
924 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
925 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
926 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
928 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
930 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
931 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
932 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
934 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
936 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
937 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
938 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
940 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
942 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
943 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
944 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
946 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
948 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
949 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
950 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
952 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
954 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
955 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
957 \(fn)" t nil)
959 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
960 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
961 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
962 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
963 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
964 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
965 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
967 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
968 function.
970 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
971 appointment package (if it is not already active).
973 \(fn)" nil nil)
975 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
976 Toggle checking of appointments.
977 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
978 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
982 ;;;***
984 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
985 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
986 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17746 34860))
987 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
989 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
990 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
991 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
992 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
994 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
995 kind of objects to search.
997 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
999 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1000 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1001 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1002 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1003 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1004 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1006 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1007 normal variables.
1009 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1011 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1013 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1014 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1015 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1016 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1017 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1018 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1020 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1021 noninteractive functions.
1023 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1024 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1026 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1027 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1029 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1031 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1032 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1034 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1036 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1037 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1038 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1039 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1041 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1042 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1043 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1044 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1046 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1047 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1049 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1051 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1053 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1054 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1061 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1062 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1066 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1067 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1068 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1069 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1070 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1071 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1073 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1074 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1075 bindings.
1076 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1078 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1080 ;;;***
1082 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17604
1083 ;;;;;; 18983))
1084 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1086 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1087 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1088 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1089 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1090 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1091 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1093 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1094 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1095 archive.
1097 \\{archive-mode-map}
1099 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1101 ;;;***
1103 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17504 41540))
1104 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1106 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1107 Major mode for editing arrays.
1109 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1110 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1111 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1113 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1115 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1116 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1117 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1119 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1120 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1121 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1122 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1123 The variables are:
1125 Variables you assign:
1126 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1127 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1128 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1129 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1130 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1131 row numbers in the buffer.
1133 Variables which are calculated:
1134 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1135 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1137 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1138 take a numeric prefix argument):
1140 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1141 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1142 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1143 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1145 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1146 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1147 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1148 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1150 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1151 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1152 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1153 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1155 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1156 between that of point and mark.
1158 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1159 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1161 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1162 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1163 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1164 newlines inside rows)
1166 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1168 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1170 \(fn)" t nil)
1172 ;;;***
1174 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17522
1175 ;;;;;; 22309))
1176 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1178 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1179 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1180 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1181 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1183 How to quit artist mode
1185 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1188 How to submit a bug report
1190 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1193 Drawing with the mouse:
1195 mouse-2
1196 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1197 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1198 below).
1200 mouse-1
1201 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1202 or pastes:
1204 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1205 --------------------------------------------------------------
1206 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1207 to new point
1208 --------------------------------------------------------------
1209 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1210 --------------------------------------------------------------
1211 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1212 --------------------------------------------------------------
1213 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1214 --------------------------------------------------------------
1215 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1216 --------------------------------------------------------------
1217 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1218 --------------------------------------------------------------
1219 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1220 --------------------------------------------------------------
1221 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1222 --------------------------------------------------------------
1223 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1224 lines
1225 --------------------------------------------------------------
1226 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1227 --------------------------------------------------------------
1228 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1229 --------------------------------------------------------------
1230 Paste Paste Paste
1231 --------------------------------------------------------------
1232 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1233 --------------------------------------------------------------
1235 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1236 or diagonally.
1238 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1239 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1240 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1241 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1242 poly-lines.
1244 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1245 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1246 overwrite means the opposite.
1248 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1249 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1250 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1252 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1254 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1255 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1257 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1258 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1259 are currently drawing something.
1261 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1262 some time to fill.
1265 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1266 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1269 Settings
1271 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1273 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1275 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1277 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1279 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1280 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1282 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1285 Drawing with keys
1287 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1288 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1289 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1290 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1291 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1292 When pasting: Pastes
1294 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1296 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1298 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1299 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1300 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1301 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1302 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1303 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1306 Arrows
1308 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1309 of the line/poly-line
1311 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1312 of the line/poly-line
1315 Selecting operation
1317 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1319 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1320 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1321 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1322 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1323 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1324 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1325 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1326 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1327 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1328 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1329 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1330 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1331 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1332 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1333 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1334 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1335 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1336 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1337 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1338 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1341 Variables
1343 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1344 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1346 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1347 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1348 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1349 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1350 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1351 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1352 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1353 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1354 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1355 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1356 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1357 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1358 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1359 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1360 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1361 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1362 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1363 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1364 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1366 Hooks
1368 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1369 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1372 Keymap summary
1374 \\{artist-mode-map}
1376 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1378 ;;;***
1380 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17504
1381 ;;;;;; 41540))
1382 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1384 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1385 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1386 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1388 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1389 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1390 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1391 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1393 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1394 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1396 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1397 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1399 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1401 Special commands:
1402 \\{asm-mode-map}
1404 \(fn)" t nil)
1406 ;;;***
1408 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1409 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
1410 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1412 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1413 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1414 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1416 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1418 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1419 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1420 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1421 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1422 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1423 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1424 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1425 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1426 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1427 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1429 For example:
1430 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1431 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1432 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1433 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1434 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1436 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1440 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1441 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1442 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1443 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1444 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1445 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1447 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1449 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1450 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1451 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1452 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1453 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1454 &c to supply digit arguments.
1456 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1460 ;;;***
1462 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1463 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
1464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1466 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1467 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1469 \(fn)" t nil)
1471 ;;;***
1473 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1474 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17704 3960))
1475 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1477 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1478 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1479 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1481 \(fn)" t nil)
1483 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1484 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1485 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1486 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1488 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1490 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1491 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1492 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1494 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1495 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1497 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1499 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1500 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1501 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1502 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1504 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1505 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1509 ;;;***
1511 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1512 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1513 ;;;;;; (17596 14703))
1514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1516 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1517 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1518 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1519 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1520 save the buffer too.
1522 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1524 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1526 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1527 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1528 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1529 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1530 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1531 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1533 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1534 directory or directories specified.
1536 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1538 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1539 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1540 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1542 \(fn)" nil nil)
1544 ;;;***
1546 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1547 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1548 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17504 41540))
1549 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1551 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1552 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1554 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1555 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1556 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1557 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1558 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1562 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1563 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1565 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1566 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1568 \(fn)" nil nil)
1570 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1571 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1572 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1574 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1575 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1576 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1577 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1578 reflected in the current buffer.
1580 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1581 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1582 writing before you save the file!
1584 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1588 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1589 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1591 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1592 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1594 \(fn)" nil nil)
1596 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1597 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1598 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1599 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1600 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1601 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1603 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" nil)
1605 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1606 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1608 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1609 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1610 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1614 ;;;***
1616 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1617 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17628 62475))
1618 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1620 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1621 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1622 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1623 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1624 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1626 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1628 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1629 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1630 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1631 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1633 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1634 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1635 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1637 Effects of the different modes:
1638 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1639 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1640 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1641 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1642 a random distance & direction.
1643 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1644 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1645 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1647 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1649 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1650 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1651 definition of \"random distance\".)
1653 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1655 ;;;***
1657 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1658 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
1659 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1661 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1662 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1664 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1665 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1667 For example:
1669 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1670 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1671 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1672 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1674 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1676 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1678 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1680 ;;;***
1682 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1683 ;;;;;; (17746 34860))
1684 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1685 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1687 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1688 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1689 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1690 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1692 \(fn)" t nil)
1694 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1695 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1696 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1697 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1698 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1699 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1701 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1703 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1704 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1705 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1706 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1707 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1708 seconds.
1710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1712 ;;;***
1714 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1715 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17504 41540))
1716 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1718 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1719 Time execution of FORMS.
1720 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1721 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1722 FORMS once.
1723 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1724 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1725 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1727 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1729 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1730 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1731 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1732 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1733 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1735 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1737 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1738 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1739 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1740 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1741 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1743 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1745 ;;;***
1747 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17746
1748 ;;;;;; 34862))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1751 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1752 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1754 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1756 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1757 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1758 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1759 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1761 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1762 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1763 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1764 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1765 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1767 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1768 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1771 Special information:
1773 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1775 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1776 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1777 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1778 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1779 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1780 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1781 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1782 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1783 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1784 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1785 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1787 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1788 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1789 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1790 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1791 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1792 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1793 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1794 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1796 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1798 ----------------------------------------------------------
1799 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1800 if that value is non-nil.
1802 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1804 \(fn)" t nil)
1806 ;;;***
1808 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1809 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1810 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
1811 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1813 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1815 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1816 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1817 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1819 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1821 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1822 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1824 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1826 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1827 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1829 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1831 ;;;***
1833 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17504
1834 ;;;;;; 41540))
1835 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1837 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1838 Play blackbox.
1839 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1841 What is blackbox?
1843 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1844 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1845 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1846 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1847 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1848 your score.
1850 Overview of play:
1852 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1853 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1854 four.
1856 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1857 movement keys.
1859 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1860 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1862 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1863 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1865 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1866 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1867 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1868 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1869 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1870 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1872 Details:
1874 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1876 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1877 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1878 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1879 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1881 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1882 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1883 denoted by the letter `R'.
1885 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1886 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1887 denoted by the letter `H'.
1889 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1890 example.
1892 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1893 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1894 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1895 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1896 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1897 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1898 ray.
1900 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1901 degree deflection it causes.
1904 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1905 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1906 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1907 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1908 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1909 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1910 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1911 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1914 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1915 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1918 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1919 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1920 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1921 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1922 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1923 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1924 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1925 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1927 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1928 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1929 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1930 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1931 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1932 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1933 emerging from the box.
1935 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1937 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1938 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1939 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1940 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1941 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1942 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1943 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1944 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1946 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1947 a reflection.
1949 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1951 ;;;***
1953 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1954 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1955 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1956 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17504 41540))
1957 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1958 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1959 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1960 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1962 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1963 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1964 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1965 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1966 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1967 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1968 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1969 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1970 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1971 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1972 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1973 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1974 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1975 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1976 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1977 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1978 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1979 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1980 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1982 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1983 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1984 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1985 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1986 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1987 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1988 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1989 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1990 recent one.
1992 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1993 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1994 yank successive words.
1996 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1997 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1998 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1999 name of the file being visited.
2001 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2002 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2003 the list of bookmarks.)
2005 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2007 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2008 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2009 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2010 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2011 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2012 this.
2014 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2015 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2016 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2017 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2019 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2021 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2022 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2023 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2024 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2025 after a bookmark was set in it.
2027 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2029 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2030 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2031 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2032 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2034 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2036 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2038 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2039 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2040 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2041 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2043 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2044 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2045 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2047 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2048 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2049 name.
2051 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2053 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2054 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2055 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2056 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2057 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2058 this.
2060 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2062 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2063 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2064 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2065 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2066 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2067 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2068 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2069 probably because we were called from there.
2071 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2073 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2074 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2075 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2077 \(fn)" t nil)
2079 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2080 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2081 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2082 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2083 \(second argument).
2085 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2086 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2087 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2088 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2089 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2091 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2092 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2093 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2094 `bookmark-default-file'.
2096 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2098 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2099 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2100 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2101 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2102 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2103 while loading.
2105 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2106 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2107 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2108 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2109 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2110 explicitly.
2112 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2113 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2114 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2115 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2117 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2119 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2120 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2121 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2122 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2123 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2125 \(fn)" t nil)
2127 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2129 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2131 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2133 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2135 ;;;***
2137 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2138 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2139 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2140 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2141 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2142 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2143 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2144 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2145 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2146 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17522 22309))
2147 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2149 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2150 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2151 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2152 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2154 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2155 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2156 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2157 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2158 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2160 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2162 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2163 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2165 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2167 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2168 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2170 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2172 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2173 Not documented
2175 \(fn)" nil nil)
2177 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2178 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2179 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2180 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2181 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2182 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2184 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2186 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2187 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2188 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2189 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2190 narrowed.
2192 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2194 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2195 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2197 \(fn)" t nil)
2199 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2200 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2202 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2204 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2205 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2206 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2207 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2209 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2211 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2212 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2213 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2214 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2218 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2219 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2220 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2221 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2222 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2223 to use.
2225 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2227 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2228 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2229 Default to the URL around or before point.
2231 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2232 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2233 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2234 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2236 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2237 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2239 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2240 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2241 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2243 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2245 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2246 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2247 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2248 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2250 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2251 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2252 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2253 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2255 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2256 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2257 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2259 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2260 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2262 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2264 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2265 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2266 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2267 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2269 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2270 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2271 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2272 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2274 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2275 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2276 new tab in an existing window instead.
2278 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2279 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2281 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2283 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2284 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2285 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2286 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2287 Firefox.
2289 When called interactively, if variable
2290 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2291 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2292 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2293 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2295 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2296 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2297 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2299 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2300 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2302 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2303 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2304 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2305 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2306 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2307 URL in a new window.
2309 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2311 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2314 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2316 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2317 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2318 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2319 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2321 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2322 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2323 new tab in an existing window instead.
2325 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2326 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2328 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2330 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2331 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2332 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2333 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2335 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2336 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2337 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2338 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2340 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2341 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2343 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2345 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2346 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2348 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2349 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2350 program is invoked according to the variable
2351 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2353 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2354 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2355 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2356 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2358 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2359 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2361 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2363 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2365 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2366 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2368 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2370 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2371 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2372 Default to the URL around or before point.
2374 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2375 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2376 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2378 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2379 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2380 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2381 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2383 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2384 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2386 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2388 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2389 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2390 Default to the URL around or before point.
2392 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2394 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2395 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2396 Default to the URL around or before point.
2398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2399 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2400 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2402 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2403 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2407 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2408 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2409 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2410 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2412 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2414 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2415 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2416 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2417 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2418 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2420 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2422 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2423 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2424 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2425 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2427 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2428 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2429 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2430 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2432 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2433 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2435 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2437 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2438 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2439 Default to the URL around or before point.
2441 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2443 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2444 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2445 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2446 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2447 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2448 current one.
2450 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2451 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2452 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2453 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2455 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2456 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2458 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2460 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2461 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2462 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2463 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2464 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2465 don't offer a form of remote control.
2467 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2470 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2471 Default to the URL around or before point.
2473 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2475 ;;;***
2477 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17504
2478 ;;;;;; 41540))
2479 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2481 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2482 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2484 \(fn)" t nil)
2486 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2487 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2489 \(fn)" nil nil)
2491 ;;;***
2493 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2494 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17759 28868))
2495 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2497 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2498 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2499 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2500 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2502 \(fn)" t nil)
2504 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2505 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2506 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2507 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2509 \(fn)" t nil)
2511 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2512 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2514 \(fn)" t nil)
2516 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2517 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2518 \\<bs-mode-map>
2519 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2520 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2521 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2522 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2524 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2525 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2526 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2527 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2528 name of buffer configuration.
2530 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2532 ;;;***
2534 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2535 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17504
2536 ;;;;;; 41540))
2537 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2539 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2540 Keymap used by buttons.")
2542 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2543 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2544 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2546 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2547 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2548 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2549 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2550 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2551 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2553 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2554 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2555 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2556 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2558 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2560 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2561 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2562 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2563 specifying properties to add to the button.
2564 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2565 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2566 `define-button-type'.
2568 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2570 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2572 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2573 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2574 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2575 specifying properties to add to the button.
2576 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2577 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2578 `define-button-type'.
2580 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2582 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2584 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2585 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2586 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2587 specifying properties to add to the button.
2588 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2589 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2590 `define-button-type'.
2592 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2593 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2594 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2595 `make-text-button'.
2597 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2599 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2601 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2602 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2603 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2604 specifying properties to add to the button.
2605 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2606 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2607 `define-button-type'.
2609 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2610 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2611 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2612 `insert-text-button'.
2614 Also see `make-text-button'.
2616 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2618 ;;;***
2620 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2621 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2622 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2623 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2624 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17759 30016))
2625 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2626 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2627 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2629 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2630 Not documented
2632 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2634 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2635 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2636 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2638 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2640 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2641 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2642 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2643 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2645 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2646 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2647 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2648 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2649 whether to compile it.
2651 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2653 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2654 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2656 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2657 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2659 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2660 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2661 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2662 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2663 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2665 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2667 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2668 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2669 Print the result in the echo area.
2670 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2674 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2675 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2676 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2678 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2680 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2681 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2682 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2683 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2684 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2685 all functions called by those functions.
2687 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2688 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2689 cons, etc.).
2691 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2692 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2693 invoked interactively.
2695 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2697 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2698 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2699 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2700 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2702 \(fn)" nil nil)
2704 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2705 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2706 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2707 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2708 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2709 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2710 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2711 already up-to-date.
2713 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2715 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2716 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2717 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2718 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2720 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2721 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2722 and corresponding effects.
2724 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2726 ;;;***
2728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17759 28868))
2729 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2731 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2733 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2735 ;;;***
2737 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2738 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
2739 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2741 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2742 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2743 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2744 from the cursor position.
2746 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2748 ;;;***
2750 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2751 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2752 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2753 ;;;;;; (17672 28071))
2754 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2756 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2757 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2759 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2760 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2762 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2763 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2767 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2768 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2770 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2772 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2773 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2775 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2777 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2778 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2780 \(fn)" t nil)
2782 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2783 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2784 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2785 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2787 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2789 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2790 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2791 This is most useful in the X window system.
2792 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2793 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2795 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2797 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2798 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2799 See calc-keypad for details.
2801 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2803 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2804 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2806 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2808 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2809 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2811 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2813 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2814 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2816 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2818 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2819 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2820 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2822 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2824 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2825 Not documented
2827 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2829 ;;;***
2831 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17504
2832 ;;;;;; 41540))
2833 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2835 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2836 Run the Emacs calculator.
2837 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2839 \(fn)" t nil)
2841 ;;;***
2843 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2844 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2845 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2846 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2847 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2848 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2849 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2850 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2851 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2852 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2853 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2854 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2855 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2856 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2857 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2858 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2859 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2860 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17732 62701))
2861 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2863 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2864 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2865 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2866 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2867 the screen.")
2869 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2871 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2872 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2873 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2874 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2875 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2876 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2878 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2880 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2881 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2882 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2884 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2886 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2887 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2888 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2890 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2892 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2893 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2894 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2895 displayed.")
2897 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2899 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2900 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2901 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2903 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2905 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2906 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2907 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2909 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2911 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2913 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2914 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2915 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2917 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2918 calendar.")
2920 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2922 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2923 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2924 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2926 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2927 calendar.")
2929 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2931 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2932 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2933 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2935 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2936 calendar.")
2938 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2940 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2941 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2942 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2944 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
2946 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2947 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2948 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2949 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2950 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2952 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
2954 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2955 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2956 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2957 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2958 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2959 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2960 a function is also provided for this:
2961 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2963 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2964 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2965 date is not visible in the window.
2967 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2968 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2969 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2971 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
2973 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2974 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2976 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2977 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2978 date is visible in the window.
2980 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2981 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2982 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2984 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
2986 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2987 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2989 For example,
2991 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
2993 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2995 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
2997 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2998 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3000 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3001 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3003 MONTH/DAY
3004 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3005 MONTHNAME DAY
3006 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3007 DAYNAME
3009 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3010 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3011 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3012 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3013 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3014 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3015 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3016 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3017 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3018 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3019 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3020 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3021 in every week.
3023 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3024 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3025 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3026 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3028 DAY/MONTH
3029 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3030 DAY MONTHNAME
3031 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3032 DAYNAME
3034 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3035 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3037 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3038 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3039 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3040 window but will appear in a diary window.
3042 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3043 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3045 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3046 entries (in the default American style):
3048 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3049 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3050 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3051 21: Payday
3052 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3053 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3054 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3055 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3056 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3057 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3058 &* 15 time cards due.
3060 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3061 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3062 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3063 single diary entry
3065 02/11/1989
3066 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3067 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3068 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3069 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3070 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3071 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3073 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3074 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3075 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3077 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3079 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3081 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3082 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3083 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3084 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3085 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3086 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3087 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3088 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3089 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3090 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3091 details.
3093 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3094 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3095 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3096 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3097 documentation for these functions for details.
3099 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3100 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3102 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3104 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3105 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3107 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3109 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3110 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3112 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3114 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3115 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3117 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3119 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3120 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3122 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3124 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3125 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3126 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3128 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3130 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3131 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3132 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3134 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3136 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3137 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3138 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3139 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3140 full.")
3142 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3144 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3145 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3146 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3147 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3150 DAY/MONTH
3151 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3152 DAY MONTHNAME
3153 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3154 DAYNAME
3156 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3157 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3158 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3160 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3161 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3162 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3163 `american-calendar'.")
3165 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3167 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3168 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3169 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3171 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3173 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3174 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3175 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3177 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3179 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3180 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3181 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3183 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3185 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3186 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3187 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3189 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3191 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3192 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3193 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3194 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3195 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3196 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3198 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3200 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3201 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3202 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3204 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3205 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3206 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3207 of the form
3209 #include \"filename\"
3211 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3212 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3213 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3214 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3215 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3217 For example, you could use
3219 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3220 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3221 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3223 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3224 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3225 lexicographic order.")
3227 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3229 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3230 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3231 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3233 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3235 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3236 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3237 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3238 diary display.
3240 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3241 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3242 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3243 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3244 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3245 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3246 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3248 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3249 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3250 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3251 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3252 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3253 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3254 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3255 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3257 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" t)
3259 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3260 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3261 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3262 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3263 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3264 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3265 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3267 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3269 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3270 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3272 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3273 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3274 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3275 of the form
3276 #include \"filename\"
3277 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3278 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3279 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3280 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3281 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3283 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3285 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3286 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3287 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3288 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3289 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3290 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3291 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3293 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3295 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3296 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3297 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3298 are holidays.")
3300 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3302 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3303 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3304 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3305 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3306 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3308 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3310 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3312 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3313 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3314 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3316 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3318 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3320 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3321 Oriental holidays.
3322 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3324 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3326 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3328 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3329 Local holidays.
3330 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3332 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3334 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3336 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3337 User defined holidays.
3338 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3340 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3342 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3344 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3346 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3348 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3350 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3352 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3354 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3356 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3358 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3360 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3361 Jewish holidays.
3362 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3364 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3366 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3368 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3369 Christian holidays.
3370 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3372 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3374 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3376 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3377 Islamic holidays.
3378 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3380 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3382 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3384 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3385 Baha'i holidays.
3386 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3388 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3390 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3392 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3393 Sun-related holidays.
3394 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3396 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3398 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3400 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3401 The frame setup of the calendar.
3402 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3403 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3404 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3405 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3406 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3408 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3410 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3411 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3412 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3414 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3415 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3419 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3420 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3421 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3423 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3424 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3425 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3426 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3428 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3430 ;;;***
3432 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3433 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17504 41540))
3434 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3436 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3437 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3439 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3441 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3442 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3443 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3444 it fails.
3446 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3448 ;;;***
3450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17508
3451 ;;;;;; 50987))
3452 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3453 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3455 ;;;***
3457 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3458 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
3459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3461 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3462 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3464 \(fn)" nil nil)
3466 ;;;***
3468 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3469 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3470 ;;;;;; (17599 63482))
3471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3473 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3474 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3475 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3476 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3477 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3478 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3479 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3481 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3483 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3484 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3485 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3486 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3487 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3488 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3489 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3490 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3492 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3493 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3494 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3495 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3496 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3497 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3499 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3501 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3502 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3504 Key bindings:
3505 \\{c-mode-map}
3507 \(fn)" t nil)
3509 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3510 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3512 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3513 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3514 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3515 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3516 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3517 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3518 message.
3520 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3522 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3523 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3525 Key bindings:
3526 \\{c++-mode-map}
3528 \(fn)" t nil)
3530 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3531 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3532 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3534 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3535 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3536 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3537 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3538 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3539 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3540 message.
3542 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3544 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3545 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3547 Key bindings:
3548 \\{objc-mode-map}
3550 \(fn)" t nil)
3552 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3553 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3554 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3556 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3557 Major mode for editing Java code.
3558 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3559 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3560 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3561 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3562 message.
3564 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3566 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3567 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3569 Key bindings:
3570 \\{java-mode-map}
3572 \(fn)" t nil)
3574 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3575 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3576 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3578 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3579 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3580 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3581 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3582 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3583 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3584 message.
3586 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3588 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3589 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3591 Key bindings:
3592 \\{idl-mode-map}
3594 \(fn)" t nil)
3596 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3597 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3598 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3599 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3601 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3602 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3603 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3604 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3605 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3606 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3607 message.
3609 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3611 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3612 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3614 Key bindings:
3615 \\{pike-mode-map}
3617 \(fn)" t nil)
3618 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3619 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3620 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3621 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3622 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3623 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3625 ;;;***
3627 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3628 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17522 22309))
3629 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3631 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3632 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3633 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3634 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3636 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3638 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3639 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3640 might get set too.
3642 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3643 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3644 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3645 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3646 way.
3648 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3649 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3650 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3651 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3652 a null operation.
3654 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3656 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3657 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3658 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3659 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3661 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3663 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3664 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3665 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3667 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3669 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3670 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3671 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3672 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3673 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3675 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3677 ;;;***
3679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17522
3680 ;;;;;; 22309))
3681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3682 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3684 ;;;***
3686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17522 22309))
3687 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3688 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3689 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3690 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3692 ;;;***
3694 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3695 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3696 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
3697 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3699 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3700 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3702 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3704 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3705 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3707 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3709 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3710 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3712 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3713 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3714 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3715 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3716 execution.
3718 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3720 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3722 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3723 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3725 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3726 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3727 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3728 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3730 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3731 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3732 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3733 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3734 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3735 `write' commands.
3737 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3738 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3739 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3740 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3742 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3743 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3744 semantics.
3746 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3748 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3750 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3752 STATEMENT :=
3753 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3754 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3756 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3757 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3758 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3759 | integer
3761 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3763 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3764 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3765 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3767 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3768 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3769 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3771 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3772 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3774 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3775 BREAK := (break)
3777 REPEAT :=
3778 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3779 (repeat)
3780 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3781 ;; (repeat))
3782 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3783 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3784 ;; (read REG)
3785 ;; (repeat))
3786 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3787 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3788 ;; (read REG)
3789 ;; (repeat))
3790 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3792 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3793 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3794 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3795 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3796 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3797 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3798 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3799 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3800 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3801 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3802 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3803 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3804 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3805 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3806 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3807 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3809 WRITE :=
3810 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3811 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3812 ;; representation.
3813 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3814 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3815 ;; (write r7))
3816 | (write EXPRESSION)
3817 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3818 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3819 ;; representation.
3820 | (write integer)
3821 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3822 ;; buffer.
3823 | (write string)
3824 ;; Same as: (write string)
3825 | string
3826 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3827 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3828 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3829 ;; representation.
3830 | (write REG ARRAY)
3831 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3832 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3833 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3834 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3835 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3836 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3838 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3839 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3841 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3842 END := (end)
3844 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3845 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3846 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3848 ARG := REG | integer
3850 OPERATOR :=
3851 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3852 + | - | * | / | %
3854 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3855 | & | `|' | ^
3857 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3858 | << | >>
3860 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3861 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3862 | <8
3864 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3865 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3866 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3867 | >8
3869 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3870 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3871 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3872 | //
3874 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3875 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3877 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3878 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3879 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3880 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3881 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3882 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3883 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3884 | de-sjis
3886 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3887 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3888 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3889 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3890 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3891 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3892 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3893 ;; byte of SJIS.
3894 | en-sjis
3896 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3897 ;; Same meaning as C code
3898 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3900 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3901 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3902 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3903 | <8=
3905 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3906 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3907 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3909 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3910 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3911 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3912 | //=
3914 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3917 TRANSLATE :=
3918 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3919 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3920 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3921 LOOKUP :=
3922 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3923 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3924 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3925 MAP :=
3926 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3927 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3928 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3929 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3930 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3931 MAP-ID := integer
3933 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3935 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3936 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3937 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3938 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3939 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3940 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3942 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3944 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3945 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3946 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3948 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3950 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3952 ;;;***
3954 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3955 ;;;;;; (17671 29986))
3956 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3958 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3959 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3960 There are no special keybindings by default.
3962 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3963 to the action header.
3965 \(fn)" t nil)
3967 ;;;***
3969 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3970 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3971 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3972 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3973 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3974 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3975 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3976 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3977 ;;;;;; (17746 34861))
3978 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3980 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3981 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3982 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3983 the users will view as each check is completed.
3985 \(fn)" t nil)
3987 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3988 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3989 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3990 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3991 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3992 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3993 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3994 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3996 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3998 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3999 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4000 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4001 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4002 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4003 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4004 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4005 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4007 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4009 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4010 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4011 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4012 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4013 spacing are all verified.
4015 \(fn)" t nil)
4017 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4018 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4019 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4020 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4021 otherwise stop after the first error.
4023 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4025 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4026 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4027 Only documentation strings are checked.
4028 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4029 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4030 a separate buffer.
4032 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4034 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4035 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4036 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4037 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4038 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4040 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4042 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4043 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4044 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4045 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4046 if there is one.
4048 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4050 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4051 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4052 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4053 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4054 if there is one.
4055 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4057 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4059 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4060 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4061 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4063 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4065 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4066 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4067 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4068 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4069 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4071 \(fn)" t nil)
4073 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4074 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4075 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4076 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4077 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4078 space at the end of each line.
4080 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4082 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4083 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4084 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4085 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4087 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4089 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4090 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4091 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4092 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4094 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4096 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4097 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4098 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4099 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4101 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4103 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4104 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4105 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4106 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4108 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4110 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4111 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4112 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4113 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4115 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4117 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4118 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4119 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4120 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4122 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4124 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4125 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4126 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4127 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4129 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4131 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4132 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4133 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4134 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4136 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4138 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4139 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4140 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4141 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4143 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4145 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4146 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4147 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4149 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4150 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4151 checking of documentation strings.
4153 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4157 ;;;***
4159 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4160 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17504
4161 ;;;;;; 41540))
4162 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4164 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4165 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4166 Return the length of resulting text.
4168 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4170 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4171 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4173 \(fn)" t nil)
4175 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4176 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4177 Return the length of resulting text.
4179 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4181 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4182 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4184 \(fn)" t nil)
4186 ;;;***
4188 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4189 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17504 41540))
4190 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4192 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4193 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4194 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4195 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4196 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4197 editing and the result is evaluated.
4199 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4201 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4202 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4203 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4204 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4205 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4207 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4209 \(fn)" t nil)
4211 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4212 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4213 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4214 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4215 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4217 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4218 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4219 \\{command-history-map}
4221 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4222 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4224 \(fn)" t nil)
4226 ;;;***
4228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17701 49518))
4229 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4231 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4232 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4233 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4234 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4235 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4236 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4238 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4239 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4241 ;;;***
4243 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4244 ;;;;;; (17731 48935))
4245 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4247 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4248 Not documented
4250 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4252 ;;;***
4254 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4255 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
4256 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4258 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4259 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4260 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4261 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4263 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4264 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4265 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4266 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4268 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4269 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4271 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4273 ;;;***
4275 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17504
4276 ;;;;;; 41540))
4277 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4279 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4280 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4281 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4282 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4283 of `scheme-program-name').
4284 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
4285 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4286 discards input when it starts up.
4287 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4288 is run).
4289 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4291 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4292 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4294 ;;;***
4296 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4297 ;;;;;; (17701 49519))
4298 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4300 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4301 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4302 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4303 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4304 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4305 ?* is used.
4306 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4308 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4309 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4310 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4311 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4312 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4313 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4314 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4315 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4316 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4317 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4318 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4319 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4320 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4321 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4322 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4323 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4324 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4325 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4326 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4327 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4328 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4329 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4330 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4331 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4332 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4333 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4334 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4335 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4336 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4337 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4338 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4339 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4340 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4341 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4342 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4343 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4344 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4345 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4346 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4347 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4348 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4349 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4350 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4351 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4352 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4354 ;;;***
4356 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4357 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4358 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17668 1411))
4359 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4361 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4362 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4363 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4364 ASCII table.
4366 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4367 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4368 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4369 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4371 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4373 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4374 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4375 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4377 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4379 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4380 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4381 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4383 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4385 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4386 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4387 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4389 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4391 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4392 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4394 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4395 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4396 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4398 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4399 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4401 \(fn)" nil nil)
4403 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4404 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4406 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4407 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4408 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4410 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4412 ;;;***
4414 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4415 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4416 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4417 ;;;;;; (17759 29233))
4418 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4420 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4421 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4422 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4423 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4424 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4425 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4426 functions have already modified the buffer.
4428 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4430 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4431 either globally or locally.")
4433 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4435 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4436 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4437 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4438 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4439 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4440 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4441 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4442 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4444 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4446 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4448 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4449 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4450 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4451 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4452 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4453 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4454 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4455 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4457 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4459 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4461 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4462 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4463 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4464 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4465 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4466 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4468 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4470 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4471 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4472 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4473 directory tracking functions.")
4475 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4476 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4477 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4479 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4481 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4483 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4484 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4485 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4487 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4489 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4491 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4492 Send COMMAND to current process.
4493 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4494 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4496 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4498 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4499 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4500 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4501 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4503 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4505 ;;;***
4507 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17636
4508 ;;;;;; 48139))
4509 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4511 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4512 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4513 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4514 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4516 This command pushes the mark in each window
4517 at the prior location of point in that window.
4518 If both windows display the same buffer,
4519 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4520 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4522 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4523 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4524 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4525 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4526 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4527 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4528 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4529 ignored.
4531 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4532 this command work in interlaced mode:
4533 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4534 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4535 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4537 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4539 ;;;***
4541 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4542 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4543 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4544 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4545 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17759 29277))
4546 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4548 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4549 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4551 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4553 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4554 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4556 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4558 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4559 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4560 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4561 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4562 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4563 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4564 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4566 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4567 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4568 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4569 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4570 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4572 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4573 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4574 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4575 describing how the process finished.")
4577 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4578 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4579 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4580 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4582 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4583 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4584 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4586 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4588 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4589 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4590 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4591 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4593 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4595 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4596 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4598 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4599 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4601 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4602 (lambda ()
4603 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4604 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4605 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4606 (concat \"make -k \"
4607 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4609 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4610 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4612 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4613 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4614 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4615 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4617 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4619 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4620 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4621 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4622 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4624 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4625 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4627 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4628 and move to the source code that caused it.
4630 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4631 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4632 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4633 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4635 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4636 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4637 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4638 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4639 subprocesses.
4641 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4642 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4643 to a function that generates a unique name.
4645 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4647 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4648 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4649 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4650 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4652 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4653 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4654 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4655 to determine the buffer name.
4657 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4658 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4659 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4661 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4663 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4665 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4666 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4667 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4668 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4669 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4671 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4673 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4675 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4677 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4678 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4679 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4680 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4681 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4682 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4683 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4687 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4688 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4689 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4690 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4691 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4692 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4696 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4697 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4698 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4700 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4702 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4704 ;;;***
4706 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4707 ;;;;;; (17625 60530))
4708 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4710 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4711 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4712 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4713 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4714 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4715 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4717 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4719 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4720 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4721 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4723 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4724 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4725 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4726 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4728 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4729 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4730 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4731 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4733 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4734 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4735 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4736 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4738 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4739 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4740 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4741 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4742 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4746 ;;;***
4748 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4749 ;;;;;; (17704 3960))
4750 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4752 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4753 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4754 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4755 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4756 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4757 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4759 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4761 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4762 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4766 ;;;***
4768 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4769 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4770 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4771 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17504 41540))
4772 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4774 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4775 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4776 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4777 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4778 `make-composition'.
4780 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4782 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4783 | | 1:tc or top-center
4784 | | 2:tr or top-right
4785 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4786 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4787 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4788 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4789 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4790 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4792 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4793 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4794 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4795 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4796 be added.
4798 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4799 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4800 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4802 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4803 | | |
4804 | global| |
4805 | glyph | |
4806 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4807 +----+--*--+
4808 | | new |
4809 | |glyph|
4810 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4813 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4814 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4815 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4816 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4818 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4820 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4821 Compose characters in the current region.
4823 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4824 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4826 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4828 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4829 specifying the region.
4831 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4832 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4833 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4835 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4836 of the text in the region.
4838 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4840 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4841 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4842 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4843 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4845 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4846 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4847 detail.
4849 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4850 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4851 text in the composition.
4853 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4855 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4856 Decompose text in the current region.
4858 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4859 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4861 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4863 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4864 Compose characters in string STRING.
4866 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4867 the characters in it.
4869 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4870 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4871 STRING respectively.
4873 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4874 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4875 `compose-region' for more detail.
4877 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4878 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4879 text in the composition.
4881 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4883 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4884 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4886 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4888 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4889 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4890 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4891 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4892 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4893 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4894 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4895 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4897 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4899 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4900 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4902 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4903 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4905 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4906 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4908 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4909 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4911 If no composition is found, return nil.
4913 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4914 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4916 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4917 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4918 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4920 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4922 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4924 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4925 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4926 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4928 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4930 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4932 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4934 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4935 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4937 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4938 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4939 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4940 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4941 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4942 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4943 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4944 nil.
4946 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4948 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4949 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4951 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4953 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4954 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4956 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4958 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4960 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4961 Compose last characters.
4962 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4963 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4964 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4965 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4966 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4967 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4968 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4969 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4970 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4971 after a sequence of character events.
4973 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4974 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4976 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4977 Convert CHAR to string.
4979 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4980 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4981 vector of CHAR respectively.
4982 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4984 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4986 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4988 ;;;***
4990 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4991 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4992 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4993 ;;;;;; (17680 45980))
4994 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4996 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4997 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4998 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4999 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5000 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5001 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5002 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5004 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5005 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5006 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5008 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5009 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5010 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5012 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5013 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5014 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5015 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5017 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5018 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5019 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5020 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5021 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5022 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5023 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5025 \\{conf-mode-map}
5027 \(fn)" t nil)
5029 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5030 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5031 Comments start with `#'.
5032 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5034 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5036 \[Desktop Entry]
5037 Encoding=UTF-8
5038 Name=The GIMP
5039 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5040 Name[cs]=GIMP
5042 \(fn)" t nil)
5044 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5045 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5046 Comments start with `;'.
5047 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5049 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5051 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5052 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5053 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5055 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5056 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5058 \(fn)" t nil)
5060 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5061 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5062 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5063 between `/*' and `*/'.
5064 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5066 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5067 // another kind of comment
5068 /* yet another */
5070 name:value
5071 name=value
5072 name value
5073 x.1 =
5074 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5075 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5077 \(fn)" t nil)
5079 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5080 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5081 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5082 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5083 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5084 `conf-space-keywords'.
5085 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5086 in an interactive fashion instead.
5088 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5090 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5092 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5093 image/png png
5094 image/tiff tiff tif
5096 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5097 class desktop
5098 # Standard multimedia devices
5099 add /dev/audio desktop
5100 add /dev/mixer desktop
5102 \(fn)" t nil)
5104 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5105 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5106 See `conf-space-mode'.
5108 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5110 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5111 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5112 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5113 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5115 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5117 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5118 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5120 \(fn)" t nil)
5122 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5123 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5124 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5125 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5127 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5129 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5130 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5132 \(fn)" t nil)
5134 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5135 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5136 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5137 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5139 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5141 *background: gray99
5142 *foreground: black
5144 \(fn)" t nil)
5146 ;;;***
5148 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5149 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17566 60307))
5150 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5152 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5153 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5154 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5155 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5157 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5159 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5160 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5161 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5162 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5164 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5166 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5167 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5168 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5169 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5171 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5173 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5174 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5176 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5178 ;;;***
5180 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5181 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17504 41540))
5182 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5184 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5185 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5186 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5187 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5188 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5189 following the copyright are updated as well.
5190 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5191 interactively.
5193 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5195 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5196 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5197 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5199 \(fn)" t nil)
5201 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5202 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5204 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5206 ;;;***
5208 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5209 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17759 28873))
5210 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5212 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5213 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5214 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5215 Tab indents for Perl code.
5216 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5217 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5219 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5220 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5221 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5222 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5223 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5224 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5225 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5226 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5227 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5228 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5229 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5230 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5232 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5234 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5235 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5237 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5239 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5240 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5241 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5242 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5243 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5244 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5245 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5246 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5247 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5249 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5251 bite if angry;
5253 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5254 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5255 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5256 to nil.)
5258 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5259 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5260 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5262 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5264 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5265 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5266 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5267 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5268 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5270 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5272 if (A) { B }
5274 into
5276 B if A;
5278 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5280 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5281 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5282 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5283 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5284 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5285 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5286 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5287 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5288 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5289 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5290 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5291 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5292 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5294 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5295 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5296 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5297 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5298 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5299 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5301 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5302 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5303 man via menu.
5305 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5306 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5307 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5308 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5309 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5311 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5312 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5313 span the needed amount of lines.
5315 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5316 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5317 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5318 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5320 Variables controlling indentation style:
5321 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5322 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5323 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5324 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5325 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5326 `cperl-auto-newline'
5327 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5328 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5329 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5330 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5331 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5332 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5333 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5334 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5335 `cperl-indent-level'
5336 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5337 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5338 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5339 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5340 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5341 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5342 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5343 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5344 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5345 `cperl-brace-offset'
5346 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5347 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5348 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5349 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5350 `cperl-label-offset'
5351 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5352 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5353 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5355 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5356 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5357 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5358 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5359 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5360 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5362 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5363 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5364 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5365 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5367 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5368 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5369 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5370 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5371 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5372 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5374 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5375 column 0 is indented on
5376 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5378 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5379 with no args.
5381 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5382 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5383 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5385 \(fn)" t nil)
5387 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5388 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5390 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5392 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5393 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5395 \(fn)" t nil)
5397 ;;;***
5399 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5400 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
5401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5403 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5404 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5405 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5406 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5407 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5409 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5411 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5412 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5414 \(fn)" t nil)
5416 ;;;***
5418 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5419 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
5420 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5422 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5423 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5424 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5425 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5427 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5428 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5430 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5432 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5433 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5434 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5438 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5440 ;;;***
5442 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5443 ;;;;;; (17506 11763))
5444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5446 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5447 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5448 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5449 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5451 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5452 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5453 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5454 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5456 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5457 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5458 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5460 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5461 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5462 'bob', and 'eve'.
5464 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5465 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5466 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5468 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5470 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5471 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5472 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5474 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5476 ;;;***
5478 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5479 ;;;;;; (17664 10809))
5480 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5482 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5483 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5484 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5485 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5486 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5487 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5489 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5491 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5492 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5493 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5494 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5495 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5497 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5498 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5499 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5500 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5501 function of these prefix keys.
5503 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5504 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5505 options:
5506 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5507 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5508 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5510 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5511 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5512 the prefix fallback behavior.
5514 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5515 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5516 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5517 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5521 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5522 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5524 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5525 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5526 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5527 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5528 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5529 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5530 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5531 (if user-init-file (concat
5532 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5533 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5535 ;;;***
5537 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5538 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5539 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5540 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5541 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5542 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5543 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5544 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5545 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17759 28868))
5546 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5547 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5549 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5550 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5552 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5553 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5555 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5556 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5558 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5560 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5562 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5563 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5564 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5566 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5567 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5569 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5570 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5572 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5573 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5575 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5576 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5578 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5580 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5582 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5583 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5584 Return VALUE.
5586 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5587 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5589 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5590 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5592 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5593 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5595 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5596 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5598 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5600 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5602 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5603 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5604 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5605 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5606 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5608 \(fn)" t nil)
5610 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5611 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5612 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5613 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5615 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5617 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5618 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5620 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5622 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5623 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5625 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5627 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5629 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5630 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5632 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5634 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5636 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5637 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5638 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5640 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5642 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5643 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5644 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5645 as part of Emacs itself.
5647 Each elements looks like this:
5649 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5651 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5652 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5653 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5654 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5655 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5656 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5657 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5658 and `defface'.
5660 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5662 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5663 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5664 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5665 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5666 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5668 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5669 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5670 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5671 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5673 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5675 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5676 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5677 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5678 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5679 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5681 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5682 that were added or redefined since that version.
5684 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5686 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5687 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5688 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5689 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5691 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5692 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5694 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5696 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5697 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5698 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5700 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5701 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5703 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5705 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5706 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5708 \(fn)" t nil)
5710 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5711 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5713 \(fn)" t nil)
5715 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5716 Customize all already saved user options.
5718 \(fn)" t nil)
5720 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5721 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5722 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5723 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5724 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5725 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5726 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5727 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5729 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5731 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5732 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5733 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5734 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5736 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5738 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5739 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5741 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5743 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5744 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5746 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5748 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5749 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5750 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5751 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5752 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5753 that option.
5755 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5757 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5758 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5759 The result includes selecting that window.
5760 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5761 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5762 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5763 that option.
5765 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5767 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5768 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5770 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5772 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5773 File used for storing customization information.
5774 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5775 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5776 it should be an absolute file name.
5778 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5779 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5780 something like the following in your init file:
5782 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5783 \(load custom-file)
5785 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5786 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5788 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5789 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5790 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5791 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5792 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5794 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5795 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5796 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5797 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5798 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5799 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5800 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5801 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5802 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5803 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5805 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5807 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5808 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5810 \(fn)" nil nil)
5812 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5813 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5815 \(fn)" t nil)
5817 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5818 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5819 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5821 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5823 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5824 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5825 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5826 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5827 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5829 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5831 ;;;***
5833 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5834 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17504 41540))
5835 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5837 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5838 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5840 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5842 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5843 Alist of face attributes.
5845 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5846 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5847 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5848 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5849 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5850 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5852 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5853 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5854 customization type TYPE).
5856 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5857 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5858 given face attribute.")
5860 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5861 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5862 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5863 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5865 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5867 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5868 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5869 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5870 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5871 between themes and faces.
5872 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5874 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5875 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5877 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5879 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5880 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5881 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5883 (FACE IGNORED)
5885 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5887 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5889 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5890 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5891 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5893 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5895 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5897 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5899 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5901 ;;;***
5903 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5904 ;;;;;; (17632 36218))
5905 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5907 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5908 Create a custom theme.
5910 \(fn)" t nil)
5912 ;;;***
5914 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5915 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
5916 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5918 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5919 Mode used for cvs status output.
5921 \(fn)" t nil)
5923 ;;;***
5925 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5926 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17504 41540))
5927 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5929 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5930 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5932 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5933 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5934 C++ modes are included.
5936 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5940 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5941 Turn on CWarn mode.
5943 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5944 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5946 \(fn)" nil nil)
5948 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5949 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5950 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5951 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5952 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5953 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5955 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
5957 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5958 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5959 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5960 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5961 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5965 ;;;***
5967 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5968 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5969 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
5970 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5972 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5973 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5975 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5977 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5978 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5980 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5982 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5983 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5984 For readability, the table is slightly
5985 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5987 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5988 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5989 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5990 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5991 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5993 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5995 ;;;***
5997 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5998 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
5999 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6000 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6001 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6003 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6004 Completion on current word.
6005 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6006 and presents suggestions for completion.
6008 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6009 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6010 completions.
6012 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6013 then it searches *all* buffers.
6015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6017 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6018 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6020 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6021 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6022 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6023 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6024 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6026 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6027 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6029 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6030 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6031 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6033 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6034 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6036 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6038 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6040 ;;;***
6042 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17504
6043 ;;;;;; 41540))
6044 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6046 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6047 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6049 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6050 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6051 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6053 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6054 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6055 Data lines are not indented.
6057 Key bindings:
6059 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6060 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6062 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6063 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6064 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6065 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6067 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6069 dcl-basic-offset
6070 Extra indentation within blocks.
6072 dcl-continuation-offset
6073 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6075 dcl-margin-offset
6076 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6078 dcl-margin-label-offset
6079 Indentation for a label.
6081 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6082 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6084 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6085 dcl-block-end-regexp
6086 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6087 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6088 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6089 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6090 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6092 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6093 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6094 Two such functions are included in the package:
6095 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6096 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6098 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6099 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6100 One such function is included in the package:
6101 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6103 dcl-tab-always-indent
6104 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6105 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6106 margin.
6108 dcl-electric-characters
6109 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6110 typed.
6112 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6113 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6114 which words trigger electric indentation.
6116 dcl-tempo-comma
6117 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6118 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6119 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6121 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6122 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6123 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6124 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6126 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6127 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6128 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6129 dcl-imenu-label-call
6130 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6132 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6133 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6134 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6135 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6138 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6140 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6141 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6142 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6143 $ i = 1
6144 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6145 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6146 $ label:
6147 $ if i.eq.1
6148 $ then
6149 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6150 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6151 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6152 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6153 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6154 \"lined up with the command line\"
6155 $ type sys$input
6156 Data lines are not indented at all.
6157 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6158 $ endif
6162 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6163 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6165 \(fn)" t nil)
6167 ;;;***
6169 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6170 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17504 41540))
6171 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6173 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6175 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6176 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6177 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6178 of the evaluator.
6180 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6181 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6182 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6184 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6186 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6187 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6189 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6191 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6192 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6193 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6194 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6195 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6196 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6198 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6199 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6201 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6203 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6204 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6205 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6206 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6207 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6209 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6211 ;;;***
6213 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6214 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
6215 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6217 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6218 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6220 \(fn)" t nil)
6222 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6223 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6224 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6225 Upper-case letters are commands.
6227 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6228 modify it.
6230 The most useful commands are:
6231 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6232 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6233 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6234 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6235 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6236 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6238 \(fn)" t nil)
6240 ;;;***
6242 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6243 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17686
6244 ;;;;;; 35928))
6245 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6247 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6248 Customization of `columns' group.
6250 \(fn)" t nil)
6252 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6253 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6255 START and END delimits the text region.
6257 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6259 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6260 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6262 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6264 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6266 ;;;***
6268 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17604
6269 ;;;;;; 18983))
6270 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6272 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6273 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6274 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6275 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6276 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6277 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6279 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6281 Customization:
6283 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6284 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6285 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6286 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6287 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6288 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6289 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6290 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6291 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6292 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6293 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6294 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6295 blank line.
6296 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6297 Directories to search when finding external units.
6298 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6299 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6301 Coloring:
6303 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6304 Face used to color delphi comments.
6305 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6306 Face used to color delphi strings.
6307 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6308 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6309 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6310 Face used to color everything else.
6312 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6313 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6315 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6317 ;;;***
6319 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17504
6320 ;;;;;; 41540))
6321 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6323 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6325 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6326 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6327 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6328 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6329 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6330 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6332 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6334 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6335 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6336 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6337 positive.
6339 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6340 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6341 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6342 any selection.
6344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6346 ;;;***
6348 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6349 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17504 41540))
6350 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6352 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6353 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6355 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6357 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6358 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6359 or nil if there is no parent.
6360 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6361 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6362 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6363 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6364 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6366 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6367 arguments are currently understood:
6368 :group GROUP
6369 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6370 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6371 :syntax-table TABLE
6372 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6373 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6374 :abbrev-table TABLE
6375 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6376 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6378 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6380 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6382 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6383 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6384 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6386 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6387 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6389 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6390 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6391 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6393 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6394 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6396 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6397 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6399 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6401 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6403 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6404 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6405 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6406 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6407 the first time the mode is used.
6409 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6411 ;;;***
6413 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6414 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17504 41540))
6415 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6417 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6418 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6419 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6420 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6421 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6422 otherwise.
6424 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6426 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6427 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6428 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6429 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6430 character composition information (if relevant),
6431 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6433 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6435 ;;;***
6437 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6438 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6439 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6440 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17672 28070))
6441 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6443 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6444 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6445 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6447 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6449 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6450 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6451 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6452 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6453 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6454 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6458 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6459 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6460 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6461 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6463 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6465 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6466 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6467 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6469 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6470 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6471 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6473 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6474 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6476 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6477 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6478 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6480 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6481 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6482 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6483 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6485 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6487 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6488 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6490 Handlers are called with argument list
6492 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6494 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6496 desktop-file-version
6497 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6498 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6499 desktop-buffer-point
6500 desktop-buffer-mark
6501 desktop-buffer-read-only
6502 desktop-buffer-locals
6504 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6505 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6507 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6508 code like
6510 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6512 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6513 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6515 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6517 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6519 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6520 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6521 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6522 List elements must have the form
6524 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6526 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6527 function.
6529 Handlers are called with argument list
6531 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6533 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6535 desktop-file-version
6536 desktop-buffer-file-name
6537 desktop-buffer-name
6538 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6539 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6540 desktop-buffer-point
6541 desktop-buffer-mark
6542 desktop-buffer-read-only
6543 desktop-buffer-misc
6545 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6546 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6547 created and set.
6549 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6550 code like
6552 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6554 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6555 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6557 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6559 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6561 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6563 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6564 Empty the Desktop.
6565 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6566 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6567 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6569 \(fn)" t nil)
6571 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6572 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6573 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6574 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6576 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6578 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6579 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6580 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6582 \(fn)" t nil)
6584 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6585 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6586 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6587 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6588 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6589 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6590 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6591 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6593 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6595 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6596 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6597 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6599 \(fn)" nil nil)
6601 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6602 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6603 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6604 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6605 directory DIRNAME.
6607 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6609 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6610 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6612 \(fn)" t nil)
6614 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6615 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6617 \(fn)" t nil)
6619 ;;;***
6621 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6622 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6623 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17504 41540))
6624 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6626 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6627 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6628 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6629 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6630 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6631 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6633 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6635 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6636 Repair a broken attribution line.
6637 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6639 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6641 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6642 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6643 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6644 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6646 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6648 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6649 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6651 \(fn)" t nil)
6653 ;;;***
6655 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6656 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17504 41540))
6657 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6659 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6661 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6662 Not documented
6664 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6666 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6667 Not documented
6669 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6671 ;;;***
6673 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6674 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17522 22309))
6675 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6677 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6678 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6679 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6680 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6681 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6685 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6686 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6687 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6688 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6690 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6691 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6692 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6693 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6695 #!/bin/sh
6696 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6697 emacs -batch \\
6698 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6699 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6700 european-calendar-style t \\
6701 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6702 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6703 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6705 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6706 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6707 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6708 to run it every morning at 1am.
6710 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6712 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6713 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6715 \(fn)" t nil)
6717 ;;;***
6719 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6720 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17544 39648))
6721 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6723 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6724 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6726 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6728 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6729 *The command to use to run diff.")
6731 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6733 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6734 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6735 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6736 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6737 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6738 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6740 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6742 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6743 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6744 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6745 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6746 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6747 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6749 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6751 ;;;***
6753 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6754 ;;;;;; (17672 28070))
6755 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6757 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6758 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6759 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6760 normal diffs.
6761 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6762 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6763 headers for you on-the-fly.
6765 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6766 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6767 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6768 \\{diff-mode-map}
6770 \(fn)" t nil)
6772 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6773 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6774 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6778 ;;;***
6780 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6781 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6782 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6783 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6784 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17746 34860))
6785 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6787 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6788 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6789 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6790 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6791 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6792 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6793 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6794 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6796 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6798 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6799 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6801 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6802 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6803 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6804 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6805 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6807 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6808 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6810 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6811 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6812 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6813 always set this variable to t.")
6815 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6817 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6818 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6819 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6820 A value of t means move to first file.")
6822 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6824 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6825 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6826 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6827 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6828 are afterward marked with that character.")
6830 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6832 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6833 *Controls marking of copied files.
6834 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6835 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6837 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6839 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6840 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6841 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6842 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6844 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6846 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6847 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6848 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6849 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6851 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6853 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6854 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6855 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6856 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6858 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6860 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6862 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6863 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6864 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6866 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6868 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6869 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6870 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6871 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6872 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6873 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6875 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6876 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6877 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6878 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6879 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6880 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6881 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6882 list of files to make directory entries for.
6883 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6884 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6885 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6886 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6888 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6890 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6891 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6893 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6894 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6896 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6897 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6899 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6900 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6902 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6904 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6905 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6907 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6909 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6910 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6911 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6912 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6913 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6914 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6915 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6916 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6917 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6918 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6919 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6920 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6921 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6922 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6923 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6924 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6925 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6926 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6927 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6928 to see why something went wrong.
6929 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6930 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6931 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6932 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6933 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6934 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6935 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6936 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6937 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6938 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6939 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6940 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6941 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6943 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6944 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6945 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6946 again for the directory tree.
6948 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6949 for more info):
6951 `dired-listing-switches'
6952 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6953 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6954 `dired-marker-char'
6955 `dired-del-marker'
6956 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6957 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6958 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6959 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6961 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6963 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6964 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6965 `dired-mode-hook'
6966 `dired-load-hook'
6968 Keybindings:
6969 \\{dired-mode-map}
6971 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6972 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6974 ;;;***
6976 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6977 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6978 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6979 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6980 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6981 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6982 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6983 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6984 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6985 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6986 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6987 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6988 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6989 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17746 34860))
6990 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6992 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6993 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6994 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6995 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6996 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6997 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6998 which is options for `diff'.
7000 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7002 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7003 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7004 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7005 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7006 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7007 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7009 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7011 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7012 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7013 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7014 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7015 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7016 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7017 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7019 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7021 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7022 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7023 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7024 returned by function `file-attributes'
7026 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7027 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7029 Examples of PREDICATE:
7031 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7032 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7033 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7034 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7035 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7037 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7039 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7040 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7041 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7045 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7046 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7050 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7051 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7055 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7056 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7057 This calls touch.
7059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7061 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7062 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7063 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7064 `lpr-switches' as default.
7066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7068 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7069 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7070 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7071 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7072 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7074 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7075 with a prefix argument.
7077 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
7079 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7080 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7081 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7082 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7083 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7085 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7086 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7088 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7089 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7090 file name substituted for `?'.
7092 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7093 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7095 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7096 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7097 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7098 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7100 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7102 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7103 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7104 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7106 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7107 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7108 in a subdir.
7110 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7111 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7112 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7114 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7116 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7117 Not documented
7119 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7121 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7122 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7123 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7124 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7125 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7126 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7127 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7128 from the buffer as well.
7129 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7130 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7131 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7133 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7135 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7136 Not documented
7138 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7140 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7141 Not documented
7143 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7145 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7146 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7150 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7151 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7155 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7156 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7160 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7161 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7162 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7163 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7165 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7166 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7167 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7168 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7169 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7170 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7171 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7173 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7175 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7176 Not documented
7178 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7180 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7181 Not documented
7183 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7185 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7186 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7188 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7190 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7191 Not documented
7193 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7195 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7196 Not documented
7198 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7200 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7201 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7203 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7205 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7206 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7207 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7208 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7209 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7210 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7211 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7212 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7213 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7215 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7216 like `cp -d'.
7218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7220 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7221 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7222 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7223 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7224 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7225 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7226 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7227 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7231 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7232 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7233 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7234 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7235 and new hard links are made in that directory
7236 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7237 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7238 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7242 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7243 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7244 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7245 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7246 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7247 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7248 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7252 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7253 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7255 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7256 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7257 file if none are marked.
7259 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7260 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7261 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7262 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7264 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7265 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7267 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7269 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7270 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7271 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7273 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7275 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7276 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7277 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7279 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7281 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7282 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7283 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7285 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7287 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7288 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7292 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7293 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7297 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7298 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7299 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7300 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7301 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7302 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7303 this subdirectory.
7304 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7306 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7307 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7308 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7309 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7310 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7311 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7312 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7314 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7316 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7317 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7318 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7319 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7320 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7321 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7322 this subdirectory.
7323 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7325 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7327 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7328 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7329 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7331 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7333 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7334 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7335 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7336 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7338 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7340 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7341 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7342 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7343 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7345 \(fn)" t nil)
7347 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7348 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7349 Lower levels are unaffected.
7351 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7353 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7354 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7356 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7358 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7359 Go down in the dired tree.
7361 \(fn)" t nil)
7363 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7364 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7365 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7366 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7368 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7370 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7371 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7372 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7373 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7375 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7377 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7378 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7379 Stops when a match is found.
7380 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7382 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7384 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7385 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7386 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7387 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7388 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7390 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7392 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7393 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7394 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7395 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7397 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7399 ;;;***
7401 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17656 34193))
7402 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7404 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7405 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7406 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7407 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7408 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7409 buffer and try again.
7411 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7413 ;;;***
7415 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17586 63360))
7416 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7418 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7419 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7420 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7422 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7424 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7425 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7427 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7428 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7430 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7432 ;;;***
7434 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17504
7435 ;;;;;; 41540))
7436 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7438 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7439 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7440 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7441 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7442 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7443 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7445 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7447 ;;;***
7449 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7450 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7451 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7452 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7453 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17504 41540))
7454 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7456 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7457 Return a new, empty display table.
7459 \(fn)" nil nil)
7461 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7462 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7463 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7464 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7465 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7467 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7469 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7470 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7471 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7472 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7473 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7475 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7477 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7478 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7480 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7482 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7483 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7485 \(fn)" t nil)
7487 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7488 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7490 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7492 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7493 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7495 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7497 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7498 Display character C using printable string S.
7500 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7502 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7503 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7504 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7505 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7507 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7509 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7510 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7511 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7512 X frame.
7514 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7516 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7517 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7519 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7521 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7522 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7524 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7526 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7527 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7529 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7530 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7531 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7532 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7534 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7535 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7536 European character display.
7538 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7539 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7540 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7541 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7543 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7544 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7545 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7546 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7547 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7549 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7551 ;;;***
7553 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7554 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
7555 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7557 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7558 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7559 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7560 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7561 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7562 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7563 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7564 Default is 2.
7566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7568 ;;;***
7570 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17710 3074))
7571 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7573 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7574 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7575 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7576 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7577 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7578 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7579 private or ask).
7580 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7581 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7582 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7583 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7584 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7586 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7588 ;;;***
7590 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7591 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17630 16368))
7592 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7594 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7595 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7596 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7597 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7598 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7599 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7600 table and its own syntax table.
7602 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7604 \(fn)" t nil)
7605 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7607 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7608 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7610 \(fn)" t nil)
7611 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7613 ;;;***
7615 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17504 41540))
7616 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7618 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7619 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7621 \(fn)" t nil)
7623 ;;;***
7625 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7626 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
7627 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7629 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7630 Toggle Double mode.
7631 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7632 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7634 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7636 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7637 Toggle Double mode.
7638 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7640 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7641 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7643 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7645 ;;;***
7647 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17746 34862))
7648 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7650 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7651 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7653 \(fn)" t nil)
7655 ;;;***
7657 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7658 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
7659 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7661 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7662 Play sounds in message buffers.
7664 \(fn)" t nil)
7666 ;;;***
7668 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7669 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7670 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17656 34193))
7671 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7673 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7675 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7676 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7677 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7678 and toggle command MODE.
7680 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7681 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7682 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7683 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7684 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7685 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7686 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7687 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7688 used (see below).
7690 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7691 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7692 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7693 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7694 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7695 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7696 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7697 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7698 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7699 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7700 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7701 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7702 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7703 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7704 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7705 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7706 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7708 For example, you could write
7709 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7710 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7711 ...BODY CODE...)
7713 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7715 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7717 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7718 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7719 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7720 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7721 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7722 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7723 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7724 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7725 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7726 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7727 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7728 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7730 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7731 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7732 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7733 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7734 call another major mode in their body.
7736 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7738 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7739 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7740 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7741 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7742 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7743 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7744 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7746 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7748 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7749 Not documented
7751 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7753 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7754 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7755 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7757 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7759 ;;;***
7761 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7762 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17658
7763 ;;;;;; 58024))
7764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7766 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7768 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7769 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7771 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7772 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7773 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7775 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7776 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7778 :filter FUNCTION
7780 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7781 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7783 :visible INCLUDE
7785 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7786 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7788 :active ENABLE
7790 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7791 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7793 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7795 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7797 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7799 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7800 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7802 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7803 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7805 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7807 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7809 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7811 :keys KEYS
7813 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7814 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7815 computed automatically.
7816 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7818 :key-sequence KEYS
7820 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7821 menu item.
7822 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7823 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7824 keyboard equivalent.
7826 :active ENABLE
7828 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7829 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7831 :visible INCLUDE
7833 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7834 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7836 :suffix FORM
7838 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7839 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7841 :style STYLE
7843 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7844 defined:
7846 toggle: A checkbox.
7847 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7848 radio: A radio button.
7849 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7850 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7851 menu bar itself.
7852 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7854 :selected SELECTED
7856 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7857 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7859 :help HELP
7861 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7863 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7864 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7865 as a solid horizontal line.
7867 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7869 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7871 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7872 Not documented
7874 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7876 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7877 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7878 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7879 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7881 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7883 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7884 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7885 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7886 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7887 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7888 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7890 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7891 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7892 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7894 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7895 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7897 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7899 ;;;***
7901 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7902 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7903 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7904 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7905 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7906 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7907 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7908 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17759 28873))
7909 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7911 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7912 Customization for ebnf group.
7914 \(fn)" t nil)
7916 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7917 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7919 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7921 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7922 processed.
7924 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7926 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7928 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7929 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7931 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7932 killed after process termination.
7934 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7936 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7938 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7939 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7941 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7942 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7943 it to the printer.
7945 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7946 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7947 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7948 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7950 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7952 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7953 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7954 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7956 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7958 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7959 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7961 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7963 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7964 processed.
7966 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7968 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7970 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7971 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7973 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7974 killed after process termination.
7976 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7978 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7980 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7981 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7982 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7983 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7985 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7987 \(fn)" t nil)
7989 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7990 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7991 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7993 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7995 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7997 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7998 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8000 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8002 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8003 processed.
8005 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8007 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8009 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8010 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8012 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8013 killed after EPS generation.
8015 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8017 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8019 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8020 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
8022 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8023 The EPS file name has the following form:
8025 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8027 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8028 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8030 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8031 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8032 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8033 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8035 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8037 \(fn)" t nil)
8039 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8040 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
8042 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8043 The EPS file name has the following form:
8045 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8047 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8048 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8050 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8051 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8052 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8053 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8055 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8057 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8059 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8061 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8062 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8064 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8066 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8067 processed.
8069 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8071 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8073 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8074 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
8076 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8077 killed after syntax checking.
8079 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8081 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8083 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8084 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8086 \(fn)" t nil)
8088 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8089 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
8091 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8093 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8094 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8096 \(fn)" nil nil)
8098 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8099 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8101 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8103 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8105 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8106 Delete style NAME.
8108 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8110 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8112 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8113 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8115 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8117 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8119 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8120 Set STYLE as the current style.
8122 It returns the old style symbol.
8124 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8126 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8128 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8129 Reset current style.
8131 It returns the old style symbol.
8133 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8135 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8137 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8138 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
8140 It returns the old style symbol.
8142 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8144 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8146 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8147 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
8149 It returns the old style symbol.
8151 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8153 \(fn)" t nil)
8155 ;;;***
8157 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8158 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8159 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8160 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8161 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8162 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8163 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8164 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8165 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8166 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8167 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17588
8168 ;;;;;; 11509))
8169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8171 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8172 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8173 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8174 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8175 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8176 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8178 Tree mode key bindings:
8179 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8181 \(fn)" t nil)
8183 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8184 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8186 \(fn)" t nil)
8188 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8189 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8191 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8193 \(fn)" nil nil)
8195 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8196 View declaration of member at point.
8198 \(fn)" t nil)
8200 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8201 Find declaration of member at point.
8203 \(fn)" t nil)
8205 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8206 View definition of member at point.
8208 \(fn)" t nil)
8210 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8211 Find definition of member at point.
8213 \(fn)" t nil)
8215 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8216 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8218 \(fn)" t nil)
8220 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8221 View definition of member at point in other window.
8223 \(fn)" t nil)
8225 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8226 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8228 \(fn)" t nil)
8230 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8231 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8233 \(fn)" t nil)
8235 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8236 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8238 \(fn)" t nil)
8240 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8241 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8243 \(fn)" t nil)
8245 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8246 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8247 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8248 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8249 completion.
8251 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8253 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8254 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8255 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8256 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8258 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8260 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8261 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8262 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8263 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8265 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8267 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8268 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8269 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8271 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8273 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8274 Search for call sites of a member.
8275 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8276 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8277 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8278 looks like a function call to the member.
8280 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8282 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8283 Move backward in the position stack.
8284 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8286 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8288 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8289 Move forward in the position stack.
8290 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8292 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8294 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8295 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8297 \(fn)" t nil)
8299 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8300 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8302 \(fn)" t nil)
8304 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8305 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8306 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8307 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8309 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8311 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8312 Display statistics for a class tree.
8314 \(fn)" t nil)
8316 ;;;***
8318 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8319 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
8320 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8322 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8323 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8324 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8325 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8327 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8328 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8329 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8331 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8332 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8333 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8335 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8337 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8339 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8341 ;;;***
8343 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8344 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17504 41540))
8345 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8347 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8348 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8349 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8351 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8353 ;;;***
8355 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8356 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8357 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17628 62479))
8358 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8360 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8361 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8362 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8363 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8364 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8366 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8367 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8368 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8369 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8371 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8373 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8374 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8375 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8376 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8378 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8380 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8381 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8382 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8383 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8385 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8387 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8389 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8390 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8391 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8392 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8393 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8395 If you do this on a function definition
8396 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8397 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8398 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8399 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8401 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8402 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8403 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8404 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8405 already is one.)
8407 \(fn)" t nil)
8409 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8410 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8412 \(fn)" t nil)
8414 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8415 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8417 \(fn)" t nil)
8419 ;;;***
8421 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8422 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8423 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8424 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8425 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8426 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8427 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8428 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8429 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8430 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17759 28868))
8431 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8433 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8434 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8436 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8438 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8439 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8441 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8443 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8445 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8447 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8448 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8449 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8450 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8452 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8454 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8455 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8457 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8459 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8461 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8462 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8464 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8466 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8468 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8469 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8470 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8471 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8473 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8475 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8477 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8478 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8479 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8480 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8482 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8484 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8486 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8487 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8488 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8489 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8491 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8493 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8495 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8496 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8497 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8498 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8500 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8502 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8504 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8505 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8506 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8507 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8508 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8509 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8511 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8513 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8514 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8515 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8516 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8518 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8520 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8522 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8523 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8524 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8525 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8527 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8529 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8531 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8533 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8534 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8535 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8536 follows:
8537 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8538 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8540 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8542 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8543 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8544 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8545 follows:
8546 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8547 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8549 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8551 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8552 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8553 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8554 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8555 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8556 region.
8557 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8558 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8560 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8562 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8563 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8564 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8565 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8566 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8567 region.
8568 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8569 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8570 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8572 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8574 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8576 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8577 Merge two files without ancestor.
8579 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8581 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8582 Merge two files with ancestor.
8584 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8586 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8588 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8589 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8591 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8593 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8594 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8596 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8598 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8599 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8600 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8601 buffer.
8603 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8605 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8606 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8607 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8608 buffer.
8610 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8612 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8613 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8614 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8615 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8617 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8619 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8620 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8621 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8622 and don't ask the user.
8623 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8624 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8626 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8628 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8629 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8630 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8631 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8632 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8633 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8634 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8635 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8637 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8639 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8641 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8643 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8644 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8645 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8646 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8647 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8649 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8651 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8653 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8654 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8655 When called interactively, displays the version.
8657 \(fn)" t nil)
8659 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8660 Display Ediff's manual.
8661 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8663 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8665 ;;;***
8667 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8668 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
8669 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8671 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8672 Not documented
8674 \(fn)" t nil)
8676 ;;;***
8678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17504 41540))
8679 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8681 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8682 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8684 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8686 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8688 ;;;***
8690 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8691 ;;;;;; (17731 48935))
8692 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8694 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8695 Display Ediff's registry.
8697 \(fn)" t nil)
8699 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8701 ;;;***
8703 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8704 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17680 45980))
8705 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8707 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8708 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8709 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8710 which see.
8712 \(fn)" t nil)
8714 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8715 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8716 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8717 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8719 \(fn)" t nil)
8721 ;;;***
8723 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8724 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8725 ;;;;;; (17618 27597))
8726 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8728 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8729 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8730 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8732 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8733 Edit a keyboard macro.
8734 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8735 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8736 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8737 its command name.
8738 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8740 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8742 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8743 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8745 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8747 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8748 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8750 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8752 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8753 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8754 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8755 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8756 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8757 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8759 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8760 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8761 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8762 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8764 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8766 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8767 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8768 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8769 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8770 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8771 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8773 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8775 ;;;***
8777 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8778 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17504 41540))
8779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8781 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8782 Set scroll margins.
8783 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8784 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8786 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8788 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8789 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8791 \(fn)" t nil)
8793 ;;;***
8795 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8796 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
8797 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8799 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8800 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8801 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8802 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8803 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8804 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8805 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8806 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8808 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8809 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8811 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8812 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8813 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8814 this value is non-nil.
8816 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8817 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8818 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8820 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8821 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8822 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8824 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8826 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8827 Not documented
8829 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8831 ;;;***
8833 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8834 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17721 38189))
8835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8837 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8838 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8840 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8842 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8843 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8844 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8845 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8846 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8847 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8848 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8850 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8854 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8855 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8857 \(fn)" t nil)
8859 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8860 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8861 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8862 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8863 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8864 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8865 arg list.
8867 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8868 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8870 ;;;***
8872 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17504
8873 ;;;;;; 41540))
8874 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8876 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8877 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8879 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8880 an elided material again.
8882 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8886 ;;;***
8888 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8889 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
8890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8892 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8893 Initialize elint.
8895 \(fn)" t nil)
8897 ;;;***
8899 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8900 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17504
8901 ;;;;;; 41540))
8902 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8904 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8905 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8906 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8908 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8910 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8911 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8912 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8914 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8916 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8917 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8918 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8920 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8922 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8924 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8925 Display current profiling results.
8926 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8927 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8928 displayed.
8930 \(fn)" t nil)
8932 ;;;***
8934 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8935 ;;;;;; (17746 34862))
8936 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8938 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8939 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8940 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8942 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8944 ;;;***
8946 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8947 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8948 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8949 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8950 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17504 41540))
8951 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8953 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8954 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8955 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8956 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8957 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8958 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8959 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8960 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8961 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8962 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8963 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8964 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8965 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8966 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8967 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8968 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8970 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8971 Run Emerge on two files.
8973 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8975 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8976 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8978 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8980 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8981 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8983 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8985 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8986 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8988 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8990 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8991 Not documented
8993 \(fn)" nil nil)
8995 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8996 Not documented
8998 \(fn)" nil nil)
9000 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9001 Not documented
9003 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9005 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9006 Not documented
9008 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9010 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9011 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9013 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9015 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9016 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9018 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9020 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9021 Not documented
9023 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9025 ;;;***
9027 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9028 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
9029 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9031 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9032 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9033 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9034 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9035 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9036 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9038 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9040 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9041 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9042 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9044 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9045 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9046 automatically.
9048 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9049 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9050 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9054 ;;;***
9056 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9057 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17746 34862))
9058 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9060 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9061 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9062 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9063 text/enriched format.
9064 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9066 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9067 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9069 Commands:
9071 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9075 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9076 Not documented
9078 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9080 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9081 Not documented
9083 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9085 ;;;***
9087 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-select erc-select-read-args)
9088 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (17746 35371))
9089 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9091 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9092 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9094 \(fn)" nil nil)
9096 (autoload (quote erc-select) "erc" "\
9097 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9098 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9099 (server (erc-compute-server))
9100 (port (erc-compute-port))
9101 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9102 password
9103 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9105 That is, if called with
9107 (erc-select :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9109 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9110 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9111 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9113 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9115 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9116 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9117 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9118 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9120 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9122 ;;;***
9124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17746
9125 ;;;;;; 34861))
9126 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9127 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9129 ;;;***
9131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17504 41540))
9132 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9133 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9135 ;;;***
9137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17504 41540))
9138 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9139 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9141 ;;;***
9143 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9144 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17746 34861))
9145 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9147 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9148 Parser for /dcc command.
9149 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9150 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9151 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9153 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9155 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9156 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9158 \(fn)" nil nil)
9160 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9161 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9163 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9164 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9165 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9166 that subcommand.
9168 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9170 ;;;***
9172 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9173 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9174 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9175 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9176 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
9177 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9179 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9180 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9182 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9184 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9185 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9186 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9187 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9189 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9191 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9192 Not documented
9194 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9196 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9197 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9199 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9201 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9202 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9204 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9206 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9207 Reset the EZBounce session list to NIL.
9209 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9211 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9212 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9214 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9216 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9217 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9219 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9221 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9222 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9224 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9226 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9227 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9229 \(fn)" nil nil)
9231 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9232 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9234 \(fn)" nil nil)
9236 ;;;***
9238 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17504
9239 ;;;;;; 41540))
9240 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9241 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9243 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9244 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9245 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9247 \(fn)" nil nil)
9249 ;;;***
9251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17504
9252 ;;;;;; 41540))
9253 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9254 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9256 ;;;***
9258 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9259 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17592 59702))
9260 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9261 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9263 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9264 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9265 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9266 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9267 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9268 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9269 system.
9271 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9273 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9274 Not documented
9276 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9278 ;;;***
9280 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9281 ;;;;;; (17592 59702))
9282 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9284 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9285 Not documented
9287 \(fn)" nil nil)
9289 ;;;***
9291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17504 41540))
9292 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9293 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9295 ;;;***
9297 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-chanlist erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el"
9298 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
9299 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9300 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9302 (autoload (quote erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "\
9303 Display a buffer containing a list of channels on the current server.
9304 Optional argument CHANNEL specifies a single channel to list (instead of every
9305 available channel).
9307 \(fn &rest CHANNEL)" t nil)
9309 (autoload (quote erc-chanlist) "erc-list" "\
9310 Show a channel listing of the current server in a special mode.
9311 Please note that this function only works with IRC servers which conform
9312 to RFC and send the LIST header (#321) at start of list transmission.
9314 \(fn &optional CHANNELS)" t nil)
9316 ;;;***
9318 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9319 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17623 45181))
9320 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9321 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9323 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9324 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9325 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9326 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9327 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9328 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9330 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9332 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9333 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9334 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9335 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9337 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9338 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9339 automatically.
9341 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9342 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9344 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9346 ;;;***
9348 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9349 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9350 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9351 ;;;;;; (17632 36219))
9352 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9353 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9355 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9356 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9358 \(fn)" t nil)
9360 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9361 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9363 \(fn)" t nil)
9365 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9366 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9368 \(fn)" t nil)
9370 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9371 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9373 \(fn)" t nil)
9375 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9376 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9378 \(fn)" t nil)
9380 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9381 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9383 \(fn)" t nil)
9385 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9386 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9388 \(fn)" t nil)
9390 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9391 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9393 \(fn)" t nil)
9395 ;;;***
9397 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9398 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
9399 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9400 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9402 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9403 Show who's gone.
9405 \(fn)" nil nil)
9407 ;;;***
9409 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9410 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17504 41540))
9411 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9413 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9414 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9415 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9416 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9418 \(fn)" nil nil)
9420 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9421 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9423 \(fn)" t nil)
9425 ;;;***
9427 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9428 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17504 41540))
9429 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9430 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9432 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9433 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9434 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9435 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9437 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9439 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9440 Not documented
9442 \(fn)" nil nil)
9444 ;;;***
9446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17504 41540))
9447 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9448 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9450 ;;;***
9452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17592
9453 ;;;;;; 59702))
9454 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9455 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9457 ;;;***
9459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17504 41540))
9460 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9461 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9463 ;;;***
9465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17504 41540))
9466 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9467 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9469 ;;;***
9471 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9472 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17504 41540))
9473 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9474 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9476 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9477 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9479 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9481 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9482 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9483 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9485 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9487 ;;;***
9489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17504 41540))
9490 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9491 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9493 ;;;***
9495 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9496 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
9497 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9499 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9500 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9501 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9503 \(fn)" t nil)
9505 ;;;***
9507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17618
9508 ;;;;;; 27598))
9509 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9510 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9512 ;;;***
9514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17504 41540))
9515 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9516 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9518 ;;;***
9520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17592 59703))
9521 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9522 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9523 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9525 ;;;***
9527 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9528 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17746 34861))
9529 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9530 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9532 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9533 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9534 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9535 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9537 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9539 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9540 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9541 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9543 \(fn)" t nil)
9545 ;;;***
9547 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9548 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
9549 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9551 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9552 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9554 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9556 ;;;***
9558 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17504
9559 ;;;;;; 41540))
9560 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9562 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9563 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9565 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9567 \(fn)" nil nil)
9569 ;;;***
9571 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17504
9572 ;;;;;; 41540))
9573 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9575 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9576 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9580 ;;;***
9582 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9583 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17504 41540))
9584 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9586 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9587 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9588 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9589 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9590 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9591 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9592 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9593 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9594 buffer selected (or created).
9596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9598 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9599 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9600 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9602 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9604 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9605 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9606 The result might be any Lisp object.
9607 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9608 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9609 corresponding to a successful execution.
9611 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9613 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9614 Report a bug in Eshell.
9615 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9616 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9618 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9620 ;;;***
9622 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9623 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9624 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9625 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9626 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9627 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9628 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9629 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
9630 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9632 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9633 *File name of tags table.
9634 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9635 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9636 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9637 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9639 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9640 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9641 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9642 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9644 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9646 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9647 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9648 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9649 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9650 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9651 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9653 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9655 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9656 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9657 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9658 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9659 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9660 `auto-compression-mode').")
9662 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9664 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9665 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9666 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9667 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9668 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9670 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9672 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9673 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9674 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9675 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9677 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9679 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9680 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9681 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9682 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9683 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9685 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9687 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9688 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9690 \(fn)" t nil)
9692 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9693 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9694 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9695 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9697 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9698 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9699 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9700 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9701 file the tag was in.
9703 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9705 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9706 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9707 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9708 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9709 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9710 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9711 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9712 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9713 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9715 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9717 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9718 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9719 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9720 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9721 without directory names.
9723 \(fn)" nil nil)
9725 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9726 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9727 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9728 but does not select the buffer.
9729 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9731 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9732 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9733 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9734 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9735 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9737 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9739 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9740 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9741 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9743 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9745 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9747 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9748 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9749 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9750 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9752 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9753 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9754 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9755 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9756 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9758 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9760 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9761 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9762 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9764 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9766 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9767 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9769 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9770 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9771 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9772 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9773 around or before point.
9775 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9776 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9777 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9778 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9779 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9781 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9783 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9784 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9785 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9787 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9789 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9790 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9792 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9793 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9794 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9795 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9796 around or before point.
9798 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9799 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9800 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9801 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9802 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9804 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9806 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9807 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9808 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9810 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9812 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9813 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9815 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9816 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9817 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9819 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9820 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9821 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9822 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9823 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9825 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9827 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9828 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9829 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9831 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9833 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9834 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9835 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9837 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9838 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9840 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9841 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9842 where they were found.
9844 \(fn)" t nil)
9846 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9847 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9849 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9850 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9851 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9853 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9854 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9856 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9857 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9859 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9861 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9862 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9863 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9864 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9866 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9867 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9868 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9869 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9870 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9872 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9873 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9875 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9876 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9877 Stops when a match is found.
9878 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9880 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9882 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9884 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9885 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9886 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9887 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9888 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9890 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9892 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9894 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9895 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9896 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9897 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9898 directory specification.
9900 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9902 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9903 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9905 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9907 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9908 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9909 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9910 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9912 \(fn)" t nil)
9914 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9915 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9916 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9917 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9918 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9920 \(fn)" t nil)
9922 ;;;***
9924 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9925 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9926 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9927 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9928 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9929 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9930 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9931 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17557 12727))
9932 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9934 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9935 Not documented
9937 \(fn)" nil nil)
9939 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9940 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9941 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9942 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9944 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9945 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9946 language.
9948 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9949 even if the buffer is read-only.
9951 See also the descriptions of the variables
9952 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9953 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9955 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9957 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9958 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9960 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9961 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9963 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9964 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9965 language.
9967 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9968 buffer is read-only.
9970 See also the descriptions of the variables
9971 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9972 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9974 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9976 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9977 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9978 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9982 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9983 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9985 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9986 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9988 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9989 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9993 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9994 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9995 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9996 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9998 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10000 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10001 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10002 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10003 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10005 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10006 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10007 the primary language.
10009 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10010 buffer is read-only.
10012 See also the descriptions of the variables
10013 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10014 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10016 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10018 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10019 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10020 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10021 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10023 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10024 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10025 primary language.
10027 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10028 buffer is read-only.
10030 See also the descriptions of the variables
10031 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10032 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10034 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10036 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10037 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10038 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10042 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10043 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10045 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10046 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10047 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10048 3) convert the body into SERA.
10050 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10052 \(fn)" t nil)
10054 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10055 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10056 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10058 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10060 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10061 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10063 \(fn)" t nil)
10065 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10066 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10068 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10069 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10070 be 1, 2, or 3.
10072 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10073 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10074 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10076 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10078 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10080 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10081 Allow the user to input special characters.
10083 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10085 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10086 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10087 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10089 \(fn)" t nil)
10091 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10092 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10094 \(fn)" t nil)
10096 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10097 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10099 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10100 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10102 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10103 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10105 \(fn)" nil nil)
10107 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10108 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10110 \(fn)" nil nil)
10112 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10113 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10115 \(fn)" nil nil)
10117 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10118 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10120 \(fn)" nil nil)
10122 ;;;***
10124 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10125 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10126 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
10127 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10129 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10130 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10131 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10132 server for future sessions.
10134 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10136 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10137 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10138 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10140 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10142 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10143 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10144 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10146 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10148 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10149 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10150 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10151 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10152 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10153 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10154 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10155 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10156 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10157 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10158 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10159 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10161 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10163 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10164 Display a form to query the directory server.
10165 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10166 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10168 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10170 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10171 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10172 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10174 \(fn)" t nil)
10176 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10178 ;;;***
10180 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10181 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10182 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17504 41540))
10183 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10185 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10186 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10188 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10190 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10191 Display URL and make it clickable.
10193 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10195 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10196 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10198 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10200 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10201 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10203 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10205 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10206 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10208 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10210 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10211 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10213 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10215 ;;;***
10217 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10218 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17504 41540))
10219 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10221 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10222 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10223 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10225 \(fn)" t nil)
10227 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10228 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10230 \(fn)" t nil)
10232 ;;;***
10234 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10235 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
10236 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10238 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10239 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10241 \(fn)" t nil)
10243 ;;;***
10245 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17541
10246 ;;;;;; 35103))
10247 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10249 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10250 Create an empty ewoc.
10252 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10254 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10255 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10256 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10257 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10258 `insert-before-markers'.
10260 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10261 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10262 respectively, of the ewoc.
10264 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10265 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10266 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10268 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10270 ;;;***
10272 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10273 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10274 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10275 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
10276 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10278 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10279 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10280 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10282 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10284 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10285 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10286 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10287 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10288 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10290 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10292 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10293 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10294 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10295 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10296 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10297 executable.
10299 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10301 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10302 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10303 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10305 \(fn)" t nil)
10307 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10308 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10309 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10310 file modes.
10312 \(fn)" nil nil)
10314 ;;;***
10316 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10317 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17746 34860))
10318 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10320 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10321 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10322 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10323 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10325 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10327 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10328 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10329 to generate such functions.
10331 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10332 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10333 beginning of the expanded text.
10335 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10336 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10337 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10338 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10340 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10342 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10344 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10345 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10346 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10348 \(fn)" t nil)
10350 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10351 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10352 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10354 \(fn)" t nil)
10355 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10356 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10358 ;;;***
10360 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17759 28873))
10361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10363 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10364 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10365 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10367 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10368 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10369 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10371 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10373 Key definitions:
10374 \\{f90-mode-map}
10376 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10378 `f90-do-indent'
10379 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10380 `f90-if-indent'
10381 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10382 `f90-type-indent'
10383 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10384 `f90-program-indent'
10385 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10386 (default 2).
10387 `f90-continuation-indent'
10388 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10389 `f90-comment-region'
10390 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10391 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10392 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10393 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10394 (default \"!\").
10395 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10396 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10397 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10398 `f90-break-delimiters'
10399 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10400 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10401 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10402 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10403 (default t).
10404 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10405 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10406 `f90-smart-end'
10407 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10408 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10409 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10410 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10411 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10412 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10413 `f90-leave-line-no'
10414 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10416 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10417 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10419 \(fn)" t nil)
10421 ;;;***
10423 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10424 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10425 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10426 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10427 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17718 30634))
10428 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10429 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10430 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10432 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10433 Menu keymap for faces.")
10435 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10437 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10438 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10440 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10442 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10443 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10445 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10447 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10448 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10450 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10452 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10453 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10455 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10457 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10458 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10460 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10462 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10463 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10465 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10467 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10469 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10471 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10473 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10474 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10476 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10477 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10478 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10479 to the faces to use for the next character
10480 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10481 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10483 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10484 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10485 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10486 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10487 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10488 preceding faces (including FACE).
10490 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10491 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10493 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10495 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10496 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10497 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10499 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10500 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10501 requested face.
10503 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10504 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10505 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10507 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10509 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10510 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10511 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10513 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10514 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10515 requested face.
10517 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10518 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10519 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10521 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10523 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10524 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10525 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10526 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10527 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10528 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10529 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10531 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10532 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10533 requested face.
10535 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10536 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10537 to insert cancels the specification.
10539 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10541 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10542 Make the region invisible.
10543 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10544 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10546 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10548 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10549 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10550 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10551 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10553 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10555 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10556 Make the region unmodifiable.
10557 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10558 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10560 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10562 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10563 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10565 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10567 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10568 Remove all text properties from the region.
10570 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10572 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10573 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10574 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10576 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10578 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10579 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10581 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10583 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10584 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10585 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10586 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10587 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10588 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10590 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10592 ;;;***
10594 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10595 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10596 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17746 34862))
10597 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10599 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10600 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10601 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10602 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10604 \(fn)" nil nil)
10606 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10607 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10611 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10612 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10613 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10614 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10618 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10619 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10620 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10621 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10622 backup file names and the like).
10624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10626 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10627 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10628 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10629 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10630 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10631 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10632 internally by feedmail):
10634 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10635 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10636 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10637 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10639 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10640 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10641 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10642 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10643 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10645 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10647 ;;;***
10649 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10650 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17746 34860))
10651 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10653 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10654 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10655 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10656 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10657 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10658 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10659 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10661 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10663 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10664 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10665 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10666 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10667 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10668 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10669 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10671 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10673 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10675 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10676 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10677 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10678 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10679 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10680 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10682 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10684 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10685 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10686 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10687 Return value:
10688 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10689 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10690 * otherwise, nil
10692 \(fn E)" t nil)
10694 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10695 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10697 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10699 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10700 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10702 \(fn)" t nil)
10704 ;;;***
10706 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10707 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10708 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10709 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17669 35274))
10710 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10712 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10713 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10714 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10715 be added to the cache.
10717 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10719 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10720 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10721 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10722 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10723 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10725 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10727 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10728 Add FILE to the file cache.
10730 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10732 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10733 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10734 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10736 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10738 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10739 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10740 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10742 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10744 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10745 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10746 This function does not use any external programs
10747 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10748 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10749 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10751 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10753 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10754 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10755 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10756 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10757 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10758 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10759 \(directories) is done.
10761 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10762 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10763 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10764 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10766 ;;;***
10768 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17715
10769 ;;;;;; 55644))
10770 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10772 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10773 Filesets initialization.
10774 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10776 \(fn)" nil nil)
10778 ;;;***
10780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17746 34862))
10781 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10782 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10784 ;;;***
10786 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10787 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10788 ;;;;;; (17652 14941))
10789 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10791 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10792 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10793 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10794 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10795 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10797 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10799 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10800 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10801 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10802 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10803 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10805 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10807 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10808 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10809 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10810 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10812 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10814 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10815 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10816 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10818 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10820 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10821 as the final argument.
10823 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10825 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10826 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10827 and run dired on those files.
10828 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10829 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10831 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10833 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10835 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10836 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10837 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10839 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10841 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10843 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10845 ;;;***
10847 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10848 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10849 ;;;;;; (17595 2870))
10850 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10852 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10853 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10854 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10855 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10856 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10857 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10858 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10860 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10861 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10862 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10864 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10866 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10868 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10870 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10871 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10872 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10874 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10875 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10877 Variables of interest include:
10879 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10880 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10881 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10883 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10884 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10885 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10887 - `ff-ignore-include'
10888 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10890 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10891 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10893 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10894 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10896 - `ff-special-constructs'
10897 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10898 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10899 extracting the filename from that construct.
10901 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10902 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10904 - `ff-search-directories'
10905 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10906 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10908 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10909 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10911 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10912 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10914 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10915 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10917 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10918 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10920 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10921 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10923 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10925 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10926 Visit the file you click on.
10928 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10930 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10931 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10933 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10935 ;;;***
10937 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10938 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10939 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10940 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10941 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10942 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10943 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17746 34861))
10944 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10946 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10947 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10949 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10951 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
10952 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10953 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10954 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10956 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10957 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10958 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10959 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10961 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10963 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
10964 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10966 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10967 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10968 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10969 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10971 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10972 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10973 in `load-path'.
10975 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10977 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10978 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10980 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10981 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10982 places point before the definition.
10983 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10985 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10986 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10987 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10989 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10991 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10992 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10994 See `find-function' for more details.
10996 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10998 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10999 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11001 See `find-function' for more details.
11003 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11005 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11006 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11008 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11009 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11010 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11012 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11013 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11015 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11017 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11018 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
11020 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11021 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11022 places point before the definition.
11024 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11026 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11027 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11028 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11030 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11032 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11033 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11035 See `find-variable' for more details.
11037 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11039 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11040 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11042 See `find-variable' for more details.
11044 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11046 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11047 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11048 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11049 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11050 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11051 buffer nor display it.
11053 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11054 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11056 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11058 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11059 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11061 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11062 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11063 places point before the definition.
11065 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11067 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11068 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11069 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11071 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11073 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11074 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11075 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11077 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11079 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11080 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11082 \(fn)" t nil)
11084 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11085 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11087 \(fn)" t nil)
11089 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11090 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11092 \(fn)" nil nil)
11094 ;;;***
11096 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11097 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17504 41540))
11098 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11100 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11101 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11103 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11105 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11106 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11108 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11110 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11111 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11113 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11115 ;;;***
11117 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11118 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17504 41540))
11119 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11121 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11122 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11124 \(fn)" t nil)
11126 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11127 Display FILE's commentary section.
11128 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11130 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11132 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11133 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11135 \(fn)" t nil)
11137 ;;;***
11139 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11140 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17504 41540))
11141 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11143 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11144 Toggle flow control handling.
11145 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11146 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11148 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11150 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11151 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11152 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11153 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11154 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11155 to get the effect of a C-q.
11157 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11159 ;;;***
11161 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11162 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
11163 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11165 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11166 Not documented
11168 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11170 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11171 Not documented
11173 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11175 ;;;***
11177 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11178 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17715 55646))
11179 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11181 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11182 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11183 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11184 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11188 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11189 Turn flymake mode on.
11191 \(fn)" nil nil)
11193 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11194 Turn flymake mode off.
11196 \(fn)" nil nil)
11198 ;;;***
11200 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11201 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11202 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17759 28874))
11203 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11205 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11206 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11208 \(fn)" t nil)
11209 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11211 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11212 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11213 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11214 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11215 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11216 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11218 Bindings:
11219 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11220 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11221 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11222 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11224 Hooks:
11225 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11227 Remark:
11228 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11229 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11230 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11232 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11233 consider adding:
11234 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11235 in your .emacs file.
11237 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11238 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11242 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11243 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11245 \(fn)" nil nil)
11247 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11248 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11250 \(fn)" nil nil)
11252 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11253 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11255 \(fn)" nil nil)
11257 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11258 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11260 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11262 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11263 Flyspell whole buffer.
11265 \(fn)" t nil)
11267 ;;;***
11269 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11270 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11271 ;;;;;; (17746 34860))
11272 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11274 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11275 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11277 \(fn)" t nil)
11279 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11280 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11282 \(fn)" t nil)
11284 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11285 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11287 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11288 of two major techniques:
11290 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11291 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11292 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11294 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11295 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11296 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11297 movement commands.
11299 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11300 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11301 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11302 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11303 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11304 mileage may vary).
11306 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11307 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11309 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11311 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11312 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11313 \(This is the default.)
11315 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11316 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11318 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11319 \\{follow-mode-map}
11321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11323 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11324 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11326 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11327 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11328 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11329 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11330 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11331 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11333 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11334 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11335 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11337 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11338 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11339 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11343 ;;;***
11345 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17504
11346 ;;;;;; 41540))
11347 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11349 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11350 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11351 \\<message-mode-map>
11352 key binding
11353 --- -------
11355 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11356 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11357 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11358 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11359 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11360 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11364 ;;;***
11366 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11367 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17504 41540))
11368 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11370 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11371 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11373 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11374 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11375 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11376 C-c < forms-first-record <
11377 C-c > forms-last-record >
11378 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11379 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11380 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11381 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11382 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11383 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11384 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11385 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11386 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11387 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11389 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11391 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11392 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11394 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11396 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11397 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11399 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11401 ;;;***
11403 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11404 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17658 57872))
11405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11407 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11408 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11409 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11410 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11411 with a character in column 6.")
11413 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11415 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11416 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11417 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11419 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11420 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11422 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11424 Key definitions:
11425 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11427 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11429 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11430 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11431 `fortran-do-indent'
11432 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11433 `fortran-if-indent'
11434 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11435 `fortran-structure-indent'
11436 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11437 (default 3)
11438 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11439 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11440 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11441 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11442 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11443 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11444 nil don't change the indentation
11445 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11446 value of either
11447 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11448 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11449 depending on the continuation format in use.
11450 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11451 indentation for a line of code.
11452 (default 'fixed)
11453 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11454 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11455 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11456 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11457 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11458 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11459 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11460 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11461 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11462 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11463 column 5.
11464 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11465 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11466 statements (default nil).
11467 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11468 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11469 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11470 `fortran-continuation-string'
11471 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11472 line (default \"$\").
11473 `fortran-comment-region'
11474 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11475 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11476 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11477 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11478 as typed (default t).
11479 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11480 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11482 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11483 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11485 \(fn)" t nil)
11487 ;;;***
11489 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11490 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17504 41540))
11491 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11493 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11494 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11496 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11497 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11499 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11501 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11502 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11504 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11505 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11507 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11509 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11510 Compile fortune file.
11512 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11513 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11515 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11517 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11518 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11520 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11521 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11522 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11523 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11525 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11527 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11528 Display a fortune cookie.
11530 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11531 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11532 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11533 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11535 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11537 ;;;***
11539 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11540 ;;;;;; (17759 28873))
11541 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11543 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11544 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11545 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11546 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11548 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11549 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11550 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11551 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11553 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11554 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11555 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11556 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11557 some of the buffers.
11559 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11561 The following commands help control operation :
11563 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11564 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11566 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11567 detailed description of this mode.
11570 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11571 | GDB Toolbar |
11572 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11573 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11574 | | |
11575 | | |
11576 | | |
11577 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11578 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11579 | | (comint-mode) |
11580 | | |
11581 | | |
11582 | | |
11583 | | |
11584 | | |
11585 | | |
11586 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11587 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11588 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11589 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11590 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11591 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11593 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11595 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11596 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-ring'.")
11598 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11600 ;;;***
11602 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11603 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17504
11604 ;;;;;; 41540))
11605 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11607 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11608 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11609 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11610 instead (which see).")
11612 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11613 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11615 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11616 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11617 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11618 documentation string instead.
11620 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11621 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11622 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11623 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11624 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11625 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11626 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11627 enders are actually possible.
11629 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11630 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11632 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11633 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11634 `font-lock-keywords'.
11636 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11637 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11638 runs the macro expansion.
11640 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11641 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11642 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11644 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11646 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11648 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11649 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11651 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11653 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11654 Enter generic mode MODE.
11656 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11657 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11658 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11660 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11661 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11663 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11665 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11666 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11667 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11668 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11669 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11670 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11671 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11672 `font-lock-keywords'.
11674 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11676 ;;;***
11678 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11679 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
11680 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11682 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11683 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11684 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11685 at places they belong to.
11687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11689 ;;;***
11691 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11692 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17715 55645))
11693 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11695 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11696 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11698 Guideline for numbers:
11699 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11700 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11701 inside loops.
11703 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11705 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11706 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11707 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11709 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11711 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11712 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11714 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11716 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11717 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11719 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11720 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11721 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11722 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11723 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11724 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11726 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11727 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11728 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11729 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11730 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11732 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11734 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11736 ;;;***
11738 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11739 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17759 28869))
11740 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11741 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11742 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11744 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11745 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11749 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11750 Read network news.
11751 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11752 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11753 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11754 name of an NNTP server to use.
11755 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11756 server.
11758 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11760 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11761 Read news as a slave.
11763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11765 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11766 Pop up a frame to read news.
11767 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11768 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11769 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11770 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11771 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11772 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11773 current display is used.
11775 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11777 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11778 Read network news.
11779 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11780 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11781 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11783 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11785 ;;;***
11787 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11788 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11789 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11790 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11791 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11792 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17732 62702))
11793 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11795 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11796 Start Gnus unplugged.
11798 \(fn)" t nil)
11800 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11801 Start Gnus plugged.
11803 \(fn)" t nil)
11805 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11806 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11810 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11811 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11813 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11814 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11815 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11817 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11818 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11819 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11821 \(fn)" t nil)
11823 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11824 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11826 \(fn)" nil nil)
11828 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11829 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11830 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11831 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11832 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11833 supported.
11835 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11837 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11838 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11839 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11840 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11841 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11842 supported.
11844 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11846 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11847 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11849 \(fn)" nil nil)
11851 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11852 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11853 downloaded into the agent.
11855 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11857 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11858 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11859 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11860 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11862 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11864 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11865 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11867 \(fn)" t nil)
11869 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11870 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11872 \(fn)" t nil)
11874 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11875 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11876 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11878 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11880 ;;;***
11882 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11883 ;;;;;; (17746 34861))
11884 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11886 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11887 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11889 \(fn)" nil nil)
11891 ;;;***
11893 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11894 ;;;;;; (17686 35982))
11895 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11897 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11898 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11900 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11902 ;;;***
11904 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11905 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11906 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17686
11907 ;;;;;; 35982))
11908 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11910 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11911 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11913 Usage:
11914 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11916 \(fn)" t nil)
11918 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11919 Generate the cache active file.
11921 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11923 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11924 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11926 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11928 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11929 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11930 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11931 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11932 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11933 supported.
11935 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11937 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11938 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11939 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11940 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11941 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11942 supported.
11944 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11946 ;;;***
11948 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11949 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17686 35982))
11950 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11952 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11953 Delay this article by some time.
11954 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11956 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11957 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11959 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11960 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11962 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11963 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11965 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11967 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11968 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11970 \(fn)" t nil)
11972 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
11973 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11974 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11975 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11977 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11978 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11980 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11982 ;;;***
11984 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11985 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17746 34861))
11986 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11988 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
11989 Not documented
11991 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11993 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
11994 Not documented
11996 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11998 ;;;***
12000 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12001 ;;;;;; (17686 35982))
12002 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12004 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12005 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12007 \(fn)" nil nil)
12009 ;;;***
12011 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12012 ;;;;;; (17701 49519))
12013 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12015 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12016 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12018 \(fn)" t nil)
12020 ;;;***
12022 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12023 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12024 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17686
12025 ;;;;;; 35982))
12026 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12028 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12029 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12031 \(fn)" t nil)
12033 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12034 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12036 \(fn)" t nil)
12038 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12039 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12041 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12043 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12044 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12046 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12048 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12049 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12050 The PNG is returned as a string.
12052 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12054 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12055 Convert FILE to a Face.
12056 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12057 726 bytes.
12059 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12061 ;;;***
12063 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12064 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17731 48936))
12065 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12067 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12068 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12069 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12071 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12073 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12074 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12076 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12078 ;;;***
12080 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12081 ;;;;;; (17686 35982))
12082 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12084 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12086 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12087 Run batched scoring.
12088 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12090 \(fn)" t nil)
12092 ;;;***
12094 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12095 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12096 ;;;;;; (17686 35982))
12097 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12099 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12100 Not documented
12102 \(fn)" nil nil)
12104 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12105 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12106 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12108 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12110 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12111 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12113 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12117 ;;;***
12119 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12120 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12121 ;;;;;; (17686 35982))
12122 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12124 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12125 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12126 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12127 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12128 group parameters.
12130 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12131 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12132 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12133 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12135 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12136 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12137 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12138 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12139 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12140 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12141 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12142 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12143 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12144 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12146 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12148 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12149 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12150 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12151 nil CATCH-ALL).
12153 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12154 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12156 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12158 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12159 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12160 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12162 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12164 \(fn)" nil nil)
12166 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12167 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12168 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12170 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12172 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12173 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12174 existing groups are considered.
12176 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12177 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12178 returned.
12180 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12181 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12182 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12183 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12184 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12185 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12186 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12187 clauses will be generated.
12189 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12190 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12191 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12192 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12193 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12194 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12196 For example, given the following group parameters:
12198 nnml:mail.bar:
12199 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12200 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12201 nnml:mail.foo:
12202 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12203 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12204 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12205 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12206 nnml:mail.others:
12207 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12209 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12211 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12212 \"mail.bar\")
12213 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12214 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12215 \"mail.others\")
12217 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12219 ;;;***
12221 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12222 ;;;;;; (17686 35982))
12223 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12225 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12226 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12227 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12229 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12231 ;;;***
12233 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12234 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17686 35982))
12235 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12237 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12238 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12239 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12240 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12242 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12244 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12245 Mail to ADDRESS.
12247 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12249 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12250 Like `message-reply'.
12252 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12254 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12256 ;;;***
12258 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12259 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17686 35982))
12260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12262 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12263 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12265 \(fn)" t nil)
12267 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12268 Load the NoCeM cache.
12270 \(fn)" t nil)
12272 ;;;***
12274 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12275 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12276 ;;;;;; (17686 35982))
12277 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12279 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12280 Display picons in the From header.
12281 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12283 \(fn)" t nil)
12285 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12286 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12287 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12289 \(fn)" t nil)
12291 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12292 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12293 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12295 \(fn)" t nil)
12297 ;;;***
12299 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12300 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12301 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12302 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12303 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17686 35982))
12304 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12306 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12307 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12308 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12309 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12311 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12313 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12314 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12315 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12316 LIST1 is modified.
12318 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12320 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12321 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12322 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12324 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12326 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12327 Not documented
12329 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12331 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12332 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12333 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12335 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12337 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12338 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12339 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12341 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12343 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12345 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12346 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12347 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12349 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12351 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12352 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12353 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12355 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12357 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12358 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12359 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12361 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12363 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12364 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12366 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12368 ;;;***
12370 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12371 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17703 53657))
12372 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12374 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12375 Not documented
12377 \(fn)" t nil)
12379 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12380 Install the registry hooks.
12382 \(fn)" t nil)
12384 ;;;***
12386 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12387 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17686
12388 ;;;;;; 35982))
12389 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12391 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12392 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12393 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12394 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12395 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12396 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12398 \(fn)" t nil)
12400 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12401 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12402 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12403 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12404 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12406 \(fn)" t nil)
12408 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12409 Not documented
12411 \(fn)" t nil)
12413 ;;;***
12415 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12416 ;;;;;; (17686 35982))
12417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12419 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12420 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12421 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12422 for matching on group names.
12424 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12425 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12427 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12429 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12431 \(fn)" t nil)
12433 ;;;***
12435 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12436 ;;;;;; (17686 35982))
12437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12439 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12440 Update the format specification near point.
12442 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12444 ;;;***
12446 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12447 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17686
12448 ;;;;;; 35982))
12449 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12451 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12452 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12454 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12456 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12457 Not documented
12459 \(fn)" nil nil)
12461 ;;;***
12463 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12464 ;;;;;; (17686 35982))
12465 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12467 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12468 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12470 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12472 ;;;***
12474 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17504 41540))
12475 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12477 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12478 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12480 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12481 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12482 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12484 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12485 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12486 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12488 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12489 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12491 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12492 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12494 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12496 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12498 ;;;***
12500 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12501 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17580 16976))
12502 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12504 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12506 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12507 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12508 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12509 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12510 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12512 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12514 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12515 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12516 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12517 or to send e-mail.
12518 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12519 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12521 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12522 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12524 \(fn)" t nil)
12525 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12527 ;;;***
12529 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12530 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12531 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17645 45313))
12532 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12534 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12535 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12537 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12539 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12540 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12541 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12542 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12543 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12545 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12546 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12548 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12550 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12551 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12552 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12553 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12555 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12557 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12558 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12560 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12562 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12563 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12565 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12566 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12567 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12569 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12570 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12571 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12573 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12574 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12576 If `exec', it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12577 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12579 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12581 (defvar grep-history nil)
12583 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12585 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12586 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12587 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12589 \(fn)" nil nil)
12591 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12592 Not documented
12594 \(fn)" nil nil)
12596 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12597 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12599 \(fn)" nil nil)
12601 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12602 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12603 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12604 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12605 where grep found matches.
12607 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12608 easily repeat a grep command.
12610 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12611 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12612 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12613 if that history list is empty).
12615 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12617 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12618 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12619 Collect output in a buffer.
12620 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12621 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12623 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12624 easily repeat a find command.
12626 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12628 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12630 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12631 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in current directory.
12632 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12633 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12634 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12636 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12637 before it is executed.
12638 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12640 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12641 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12642 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12644 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12646 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES)" t nil)
12648 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12649 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12650 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12651 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12652 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12654 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12655 before it is executed.
12656 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12658 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12659 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12660 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12662 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12664 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12666 ;;;***
12668 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17598 60524))
12669 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12671 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12672 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12673 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12674 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12675 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12677 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12679 ;;;***
12681 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12682 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17661 56350))
12683 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12685 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12686 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12687 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12688 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12689 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12690 `gdba' for more information.
12692 To run GDB in text command mode, set `gud-gdb-command-name' to
12693 \"gdb --fullname\" and include the pathname, if necessary.
12695 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12697 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12698 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12699 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12700 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12702 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12704 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12705 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12706 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12707 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12709 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12711 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12712 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12713 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12714 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12716 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12717 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12719 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12721 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12722 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12723 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12724 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12726 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12728 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12729 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12730 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12731 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12733 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12735 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12736 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12737 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12738 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12739 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12741 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12742 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12743 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12744 original source file access method.
12746 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12747 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12749 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12751 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12752 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12753 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12754 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12756 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12757 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12759 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12761 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12762 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12764 \(fn)" t nil)
12766 ;;;***
12768 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17759
12769 ;;;;;; 28871))
12770 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12772 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12773 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12774 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12775 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12777 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12778 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12779 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12780 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12782 \(fn)" t nil)
12784 ;;;***
12786 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12787 ;;;;;; (17746 34862))
12788 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12790 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12791 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12793 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12795 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12796 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12797 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12798 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12800 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12802 \(fn)" t nil)
12804 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12805 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12806 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12807 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12808 to be updated.
12810 \(fn)" t nil)
12812 ;;;***
12814 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12815 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12816 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12817 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17710 3074))
12818 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12820 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12821 Return the help-echo string at point.
12822 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12823 property, or nil, is returned.
12824 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12825 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12826 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12828 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12830 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12831 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12832 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12833 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12834 this produces no string either, return nil.
12836 \(fn)" nil nil)
12838 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12839 Display local help in the echo area.
12840 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12841 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12842 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12843 printed instead.
12845 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12846 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12847 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12851 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12852 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12853 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12855 \(fn)" t nil)
12857 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12858 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12859 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12861 \(fn)" t nil)
12863 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12864 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12865 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12866 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12867 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12868 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12869 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12870 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12871 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12872 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12873 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12875 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12876 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12877 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12878 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12879 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12881 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12882 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12883 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12884 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12885 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12886 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12887 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12888 The default is `never'.")
12890 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
12892 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12893 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12894 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12895 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12896 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12897 considered different regions.
12899 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12900 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12901 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12902 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12903 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12904 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12905 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12906 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12907 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12909 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12911 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12912 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12913 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12914 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12915 different regions.
12917 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12918 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12919 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12920 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12921 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12922 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12923 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12924 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12926 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12927 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12928 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12929 rarely happens in practice.
12931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12933 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12934 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12935 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12936 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12937 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12938 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12942 ;;;***
12944 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12945 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12946 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12947 ;;;;;; (17736 44182))
12948 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12950 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12951 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12953 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12955 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12956 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12957 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12959 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12961 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12962 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12964 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12966 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12967 Not documented
12969 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12971 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12972 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
12973 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12974 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12976 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12978 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
12979 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12980 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12981 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
12982 it is displayed along with the global value.
12984 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12986 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
12987 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12988 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12989 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12991 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12993 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
12994 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12995 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12996 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12997 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12999 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13001 ;;;***
13003 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13004 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
13005 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13007 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13008 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13009 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13010 and window listing and describing the options.
13011 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13012 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13014 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13016 ;;;***
13018 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13019 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13020 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17604 18983))
13021 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13023 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13024 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13025 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13026 Commands:
13027 \\{help-mode-map}
13029 \(fn)" t nil)
13031 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13032 Not documented
13034 \(fn)" nil nil)
13036 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13037 Not documented
13039 \(fn)" nil nil)
13041 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13042 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13044 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13045 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13046 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13047 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13049 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13050 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13051 restore it properly when going back.
13053 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13055 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13056 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13058 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13059 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13060 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13061 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13062 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13063 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13064 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13065 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13067 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13068 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13069 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13070 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13072 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13073 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13074 that.
13076 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13078 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13079 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13080 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13081 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13082 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13083 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13085 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13087 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13088 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13089 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13090 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13091 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13093 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13095 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13096 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13098 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13100 ;;;***
13102 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13103 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17586 63376))
13104 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13106 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13107 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13109 \(fn)" t nil)
13111 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13112 Provide help for current mode.
13114 \(fn)" t nil)
13116 ;;;***
13118 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13119 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17746 34860))
13120 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13122 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13123 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13124 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13125 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13126 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13128 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13129 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13131 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13132 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13133 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13134 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13136 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13137 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13138 periods.
13140 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13141 in hexl format.
13143 A sample format:
13145 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13146 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13147 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13148 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13149 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13150 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13151 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13152 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13153 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13154 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13155 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13156 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13157 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13158 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13159 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13161 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13162 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13163 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13165 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13166 also supported.
13168 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13170 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13171 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13172 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13174 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13175 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13176 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13178 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13179 into the buffer at the current point.
13181 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13182 into the buffer at the current point.
13184 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13185 into the buffer at the current point.
13187 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13189 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13190 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13192 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13194 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13198 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13199 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13200 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13201 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13203 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13205 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13206 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13207 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13209 \(fn)" t nil)
13211 ;;;***
13213 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13214 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13215 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13216 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
13217 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13219 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13220 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13222 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13223 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13224 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13225 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13226 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13227 called interactively, are:
13229 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13230 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13232 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13233 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13234 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13235 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13237 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13238 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13240 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13241 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13243 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13244 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13245 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13246 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13247 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13248 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13250 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13251 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13253 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13254 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13255 Hi-lock: FOO
13256 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13257 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13258 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13259 Patterns will be read until
13260 Hi-lock: end
13261 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13265 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13266 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13267 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13268 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13269 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13270 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13272 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13274 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13275 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13276 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13277 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13278 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13282 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13284 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13285 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13287 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13288 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13289 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13290 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13292 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13294 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13296 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13297 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13299 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13300 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13301 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13302 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13304 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13306 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13308 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13309 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13311 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13312 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13314 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13316 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13318 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13319 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13321 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13322 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13323 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13324 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13325 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13327 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13329 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13330 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13332 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13333 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13334 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13336 \(fn)" t nil)
13338 ;;;***
13340 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13341 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17522 22309))
13342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13344 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13345 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13346 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13347 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13348 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13349 how the hiding is done:
13351 `hide-ifdef-env'
13352 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13353 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13354 is used.
13356 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13357 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13358 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13359 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13360 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13362 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13363 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13364 #endif lines when hiding.
13366 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13367 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13368 is activated.
13370 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13371 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13372 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13374 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13378 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13379 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13381 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13383 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13384 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13386 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13388 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13389 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13391 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13393 ;;;***
13395 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13396 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
13397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13399 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13400 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13401 Each element has the form
13402 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13404 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13405 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13407 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13408 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13410 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13411 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13412 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13413 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13414 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13415 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13417 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13418 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13420 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13421 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13423 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13424 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13425 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13427 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13428 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13429 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13430 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13431 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13432 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13434 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13435 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13436 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13438 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13439 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13441 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13443 Key bindings:
13444 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13448 ;;;***
13450 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13451 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13452 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13453 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13454 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17504 41540))
13455 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13457 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13458 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13459 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13461 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13463 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13464 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13466 Without an argument:
13467 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13468 or passive state as determined by the variable
13469 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13470 and passive state.
13472 With an argument ARG:
13473 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13474 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13475 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13477 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13478 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13479 not displayed in a different face.
13481 Functions:
13482 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13483 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13484 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13485 buffer with the contents of a file
13486 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13487 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13488 various faces
13490 Hook variables:
13491 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13492 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13493 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13497 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13498 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13500 \(fn)" t nil)
13502 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13503 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13505 \(fn)" t nil)
13507 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13508 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13510 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13511 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13512 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13513 shown in the last face in the list.
13515 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13516 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13517 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13519 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13521 \(fn)" t nil)
13523 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13524 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13526 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13528 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13529 to save the file.
13531 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13532 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13534 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13535 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13536 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13538 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13540 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13541 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13543 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13544 this function is called interactively.
13546 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13547 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13548 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13550 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13551 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13552 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13554 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13556 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13557 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13559 When called interactively:
13560 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13561 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13562 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13563 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13565 When called from a program:
13566 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13567 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13568 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13569 - otherwise just turn it on
13571 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13572 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13573 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13574 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13578 ;;;***
13580 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13581 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13582 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13583 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13584 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17504 41540))
13585 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13587 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13588 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13589 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13590 or insert functions in this list.")
13592 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13594 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13595 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13597 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13599 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13600 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13602 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13604 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13605 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13607 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13609 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13610 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13612 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13614 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13615 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13616 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13618 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13620 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13621 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13622 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13623 \(as atoms)")
13625 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13627 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13628 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13629 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13630 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13631 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13633 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13635 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13636 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13637 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13638 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13639 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13640 expansions.
13641 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13642 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13643 undoes the expansion.
13645 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13647 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13648 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13649 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13650 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13652 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13654 ;;;***
13656 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13657 ;;;;;; (17652 40095))
13658 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13660 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13661 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13662 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13664 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13665 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13666 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13667 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13668 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13670 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13671 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13672 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13673 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13677 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13678 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13679 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13680 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13681 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13682 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13684 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13686 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13687 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13688 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13690 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13691 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13695 ;;;***
13697 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13698 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
13699 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13701 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13702 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13703 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13705 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13709 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13710 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13712 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13713 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13714 different list. For example,
13716 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13717 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13719 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13720 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13722 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13723 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13724 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13725 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13726 of a holiday list.
13728 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13730 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13732 ;;;***
13734 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17746
13735 ;;;;;; 34861))
13736 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13738 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13739 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13741 \(fn)" t nil)
13743 ;;;***
13745 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13746 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13747 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13748 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13749 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13750 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13751 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13752 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13753 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13754 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13755 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13756 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13757 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13758 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13759 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13760 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13761 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13762 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13763 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13764 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13765 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13766 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13767 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17701 49517))
13768 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13770 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13771 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13772 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13776 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13777 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13779 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13781 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13782 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13784 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13786 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13787 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13789 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13791 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13792 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13794 \(fn)" t nil)
13796 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13797 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13799 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13801 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13802 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13804 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13805 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13806 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13807 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13808 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13809 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13810 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13811 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13812 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13813 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13814 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13815 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13817 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13818 Not documented
13820 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13822 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13823 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13825 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13827 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13828 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13830 \(fn)" t nil)
13832 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13833 Remove the first filter group.
13835 \(fn)" t nil)
13837 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13838 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13840 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13842 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13843 Remove all filter groups.
13845 \(fn)" t nil)
13847 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13848 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13850 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13852 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13853 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13854 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13856 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13858 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13859 Kill the filter group at point.
13860 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13862 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13864 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13865 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13867 \(fn)" t nil)
13869 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13870 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13872 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13874 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13875 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13876 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13877 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13879 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13881 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13882 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13883 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13885 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13887 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13888 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13889 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13890 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13891 of replacing the current filters.
13893 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13895 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13896 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13898 \(fn)" t nil)
13900 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13901 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13903 \(fn)" t nil)
13905 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13906 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13908 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13909 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13910 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13912 \(fn)" t nil)
13914 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13915 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13917 \(fn)" t nil)
13919 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13920 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13922 \(fn)" t nil)
13924 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13925 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13926 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13927 filter into parts.
13929 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13931 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13932 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13933 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13935 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13937 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13938 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13940 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13942 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13943 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13945 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13947 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13948 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13949 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13950 of replacing the current filters.
13952 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13953 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13954 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13955 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13956 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13957 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13958 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13959 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13960 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13962 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13963 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13964 Default sorting modes are:
13965 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13966 Name - the name of the buffer
13967 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13968 Size - the size of the buffer
13970 \(fn)" t nil)
13972 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
13973 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13975 \(fn)" t nil)
13976 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
13977 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
13978 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
13979 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
13981 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13982 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13984 \(fn)" t nil)
13986 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
13987 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13988 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13989 for this Ibuffer session.
13991 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13993 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13994 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13995 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13996 for this Ibuffer session.
13998 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14000 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14001 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14003 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14004 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14006 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14007 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14009 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14011 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14012 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14014 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14015 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14017 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14019 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14020 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14022 \(fn)" t nil)
14024 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14025 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14027 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14028 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14029 hidden group filter, open it.
14031 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14032 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14033 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14035 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14037 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14038 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14039 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14041 \(fn)" t nil)
14043 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14044 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14046 The names are separated by a space.
14047 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14049 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14050 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14051 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14052 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14054 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14058 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14059 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14061 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14063 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14064 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14066 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14068 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14069 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14071 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14073 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14074 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14076 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14078 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14079 Mark all modified buffers.
14081 \(fn)" t nil)
14083 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14084 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14086 \(fn)" t nil)
14088 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14089 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14091 \(fn)" t nil)
14093 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14094 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14096 \(fn)" t nil)
14098 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14099 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14101 \(fn)" t nil)
14103 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14104 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14106 \(fn)" t nil)
14108 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14109 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14111 \(fn)" t nil)
14113 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14114 Mark all read-only buffers.
14116 \(fn)" t nil)
14118 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14119 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14121 \(fn)" t nil)
14123 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14124 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14125 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14126 defaults to one.
14128 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14130 ;;;***
14132 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14133 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17504
14134 ;;;;;; 41540))
14135 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14137 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14138 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14140 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14141 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14142 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14144 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14145 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14146 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14147 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14148 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14149 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14151 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14152 title of the column.
14154 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14155 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14156 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14157 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14158 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14160 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14162 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14163 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14164 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14165 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14166 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14168 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14169 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14170 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14172 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14174 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14175 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14176 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14177 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14178 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14179 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14181 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14182 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14183 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14184 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14185 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14186 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14187 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14188 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14189 values are:
14190 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14191 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14192 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14193 buffer's modification flag.
14194 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14195 prompted before performing this operation.
14196 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14197 operation is complete, in the form:
14198 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14199 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14200 confirmation message, in the form:
14201 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14202 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14203 macro for exactly what it does.
14205 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14207 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14208 Define a filter named NAME.
14209 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14210 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14211 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14213 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14214 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14215 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14216 bound to the current value of the filter.
14218 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14220 ;;;***
14222 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14223 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17652 14941))
14224 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14226 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14227 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14228 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14229 buffers which are visiting a file.
14231 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14233 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14234 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14235 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14236 buffers which are visiting a file.
14238 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14240 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14241 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14242 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14244 All arguments are optional.
14245 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14246 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14247 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14248 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14249 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14250 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14251 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14252 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14253 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14254 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14255 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14256 that value locally in this buffer.
14258 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14260 ;;;***
14262 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14263 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14264 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17504 41540))
14265 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14267 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14268 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14269 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14270 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14272 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14274 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14275 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14276 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14277 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14278 ICAL-FILENAME.
14279 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14280 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14281 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14283 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14285 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14286 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14287 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14288 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14289 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14290 non-marking or not.
14292 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14294 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14295 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14297 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14298 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14299 DIARY-FILE.
14301 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14302 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14303 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14305 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14306 non-marking.
14308 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14309 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
14310 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14312 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14314 ;;;***
14316 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17686
14317 ;;;;;; 53336))
14318 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14320 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14321 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14322 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14323 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14324 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14325 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14327 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14329 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14330 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14331 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14335 ;;;***
14337 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17504 41540))
14338 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14340 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14341 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14342 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14343 Tab indents for Icon code.
14344 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14345 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14346 \\{icon-mode-map}
14347 Variables controlling indentation style:
14348 icon-tab-always-indent
14349 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14350 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14351 icon-auto-newline
14352 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14353 inserted in Icon code.
14354 icon-indent-level
14355 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14356 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14357 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14358 icon-continued-statement-offset
14359 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14360 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14361 icon-continued-brace-offset
14362 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14363 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14364 icon-brace-offset
14365 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14366 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14367 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14368 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14370 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14371 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14373 \(fn)" t nil)
14375 ;;;***
14377 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14378 ;;;;;; (17596 14703))
14379 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14381 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14382 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14383 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14384 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14386 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14387 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14388 separate frames.
14390 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14391 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14393 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14394 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14395 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14397 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14399 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14401 ;;;***
14403 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14404 ;;;;;; (17746 34862))
14405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14407 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14408 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.0_em22).
14410 The main features of this mode are
14412 1. Indentation and Formatting
14413 --------------------------
14414 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14415 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14417 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14418 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14419 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14420 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14422 Comments are indented as follows:
14424 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14425 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14426 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14428 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14430 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14431 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14432 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14433 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14434 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14435 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14437 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14438 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14439 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14440 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14442 2. Routine Info
14443 ------------
14444 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14445 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14446 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14447 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14448 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14449 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14450 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14451 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14452 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14453 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14455 3. Online IDL Help
14456 ---------------
14458 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14459 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14460 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14461 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14463 4. Completion
14464 ----------
14465 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14466 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14467 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14468 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14469 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14470 upper case.
14472 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14473 --------------------------------
14474 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14475 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14477 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14478 \\fu FUNCTION template
14479 \\c CASE statement template
14480 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14481 \\f FOR loop template
14482 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14483 \\w WHILE loop template
14484 \\i IF statement template
14485 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14486 \\b BEGIN
14488 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14489 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14491 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14492 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14493 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14494 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14496 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14497 -------------------------
14498 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14499 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14501 7. Automatic END completion
14502 ------------------------
14503 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14504 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14506 8. Hooks
14507 -----
14508 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14509 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14511 9. Documentation and Customization
14512 -------------------------------
14513 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14514 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14515 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14516 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14517 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14519 10.Keybindings
14520 -----------
14521 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14522 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14523 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14525 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14527 \(fn)" t nil)
14528 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14530 ;;;***
14532 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14533 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14534 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14535 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14536 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14537 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14538 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14539 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17759
14540 ;;;;;; 28868))
14541 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14543 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14544 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14545 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14546 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14547 displaying...)
14548 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14549 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14550 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14552 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14553 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14555 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14557 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14558 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14559 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14560 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14561 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14562 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14563 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14564 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14565 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14569 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14570 Switch to another buffer.
14571 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14572 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14573 in another frame.
14575 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14576 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14577 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14578 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14579 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14581 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14582 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14584 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14585 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14587 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14588 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14589 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14590 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14591 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14592 in a separate window.
14593 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14594 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14595 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14596 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14597 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14598 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14599 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14600 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14601 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14603 \(fn)" t nil)
14605 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14606 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14607 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14608 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14610 \(fn)" t nil)
14612 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14613 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14614 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14615 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14617 \(fn)" t nil)
14619 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14620 Kill a buffer.
14621 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14622 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14624 \(fn)" t nil)
14626 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14627 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14628 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14629 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14631 \(fn)" t nil)
14633 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14634 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14635 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14636 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14638 \(fn)" t nil)
14640 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14641 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14643 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14645 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14646 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14647 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14648 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14649 visible in another frame.
14651 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14652 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14653 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14654 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14655 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14656 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14658 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14659 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14661 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14662 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14664 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14665 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14666 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14667 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14668 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14669 in a separate window.
14670 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14671 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14672 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14673 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14674 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14675 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14676 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14677 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14678 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14679 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14680 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14681 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14682 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14683 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14684 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14686 \(fn)" t nil)
14688 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14689 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14690 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14691 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14693 \(fn)" t nil)
14695 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14696 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14697 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14698 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14700 \(fn)" t nil)
14702 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14703 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14704 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14705 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14707 \(fn)" t nil)
14709 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14710 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14711 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14712 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14714 \(fn)" t nil)
14716 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14717 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14718 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14719 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14721 \(fn)" t nil)
14723 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14724 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14725 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14726 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14728 \(fn)" t nil)
14730 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14731 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14732 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14733 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14735 \(fn)" t nil)
14737 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14738 Write current buffer to a file.
14739 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14740 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14742 \(fn)" t nil)
14744 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14745 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14746 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14747 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14749 \(fn)" t nil)
14751 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14752 Call `dired' the ido way.
14753 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14754 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14756 \(fn)" t nil)
14758 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14759 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14760 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14761 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14762 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14763 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14765 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14767 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14768 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14769 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14770 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14772 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14774 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14775 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14776 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14777 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14779 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14781 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14782 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14783 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14784 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14785 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14786 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14787 with `completing-read'.
14788 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14789 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14790 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14791 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14792 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14793 with point positioned at the end.
14794 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14795 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14797 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14799 ;;;***
14801 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17504 41540))
14802 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14803 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14805 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14806 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14807 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14809 \(fn)" t nil)
14811 ;;;***
14813 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14814 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
14815 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14817 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14818 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14820 \(fn)" t nil)
14822 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14823 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14827 ;;;***
14829 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14830 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
14831 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14832 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14833 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
14834 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14836 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14837 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14838 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14839 be determined.
14841 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14843 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14844 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14845 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14846 be determined.
14848 \(fn)" nil nil)
14850 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14851 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14852 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14853 be determined.
14855 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14857 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14858 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14859 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14860 be determined.
14862 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14864 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
14865 Determine and return image type.
14866 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14867 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14868 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14869 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14870 use its file extension as image type.
14871 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14873 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14875 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14876 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14877 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14879 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14881 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14882 Create an image.
14883 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14884 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14885 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14886 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14887 use its file extension as image type.
14888 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14889 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14890 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14891 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14893 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14895 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14897 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14898 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14899 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14900 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14901 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14902 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14903 POS may be an integer or marker.
14904 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14905 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14906 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14907 means display it in the right marginal area.
14909 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14911 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14912 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14913 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14914 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14915 defaulted if you omit it.
14916 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14917 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14918 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14919 means display it in the right marginal area.
14920 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14921 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14922 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14923 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14924 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14926 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14928 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14929 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14930 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14931 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14932 defaulted if you omit it.
14933 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14934 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14935 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14936 means display it in the right marginal area.
14937 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14939 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14941 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14942 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14943 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14944 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14946 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14948 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14949 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14951 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14953 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14954 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14955 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14956 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14957 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14958 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14959 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14960 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14961 satisfied.
14963 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14965 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14967 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14969 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14970 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14972 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14973 documentation string.
14975 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14976 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14977 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14978 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14979 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14980 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14981 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14982 define SYMBOL.
14984 Example:
14986 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14987 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14989 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14991 ;;;***
14993 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14994 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14995 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17504 41540))
14996 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14998 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
14999 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15000 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15001 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15003 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15004 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15005 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15006 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15008 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15010 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15011 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15012 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15013 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15015 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15016 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15017 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15018 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15020 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15022 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15023 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15025 \(fn)" nil nil)
15027 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15028 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15029 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15030 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15032 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15034 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15035 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15036 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15037 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15038 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15039 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15041 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15043 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15044 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15045 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15046 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15048 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15049 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15050 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15054 ;;;***
15056 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15057 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17652 40095))
15058 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15059 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15060 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15061 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15062 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15063 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15064 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15066 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15067 Major mode for image files.
15068 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15069 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15071 \(fn)" t nil)
15073 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15074 Toggle Image minor mode.
15075 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15076 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15080 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15081 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15082 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15083 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15084 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15085 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15087 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15088 information on these modes.
15090 \(fn)" t nil)
15092 ;;;***
15094 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15095 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17656 34193))
15096 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15098 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15099 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15101 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15103 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15104 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15105 in the buffer.
15107 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15109 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15110 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15111 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15113 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15115 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15116 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15118 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15119 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15120 pattern's structure.
15122 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15123 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15124 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15125 during matching.")
15127 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15129 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15130 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15132 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15133 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15134 called within a `save-excursion'.
15136 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15138 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15140 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15141 Function for finding the next index position.
15143 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15144 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15145 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15146 file.
15148 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15149 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15151 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15153 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15154 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15156 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15157 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15158 It should return the name for that index item.")
15160 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15162 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15163 Function to compare string with index item.
15165 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15166 non-nil if they match.
15168 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15169 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15170 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15171 arguments match\".")
15173 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15175 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15176 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15177 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15179 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15181 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15183 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15185 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15186 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15187 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15188 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15190 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15192 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15193 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15195 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15197 \(fn)" t nil)
15199 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15200 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15201 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15202 for more information.
15204 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15206 ;;;***
15208 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15209 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15210 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17504 41540))
15211 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15213 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15214 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15216 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15218 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15219 Not documented
15221 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15223 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15224 Not documented
15226 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15228 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15229 Not documented
15231 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15233 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15234 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15235 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15236 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15237 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15239 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15241 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15242 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15243 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15244 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15245 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15247 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15249 ;;;***
15251 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15252 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15253 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17541 35103))
15254 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15256 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15257 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15258 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15259 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15260 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15262 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15264 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15265 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15267 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15269 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15270 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15271 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15272 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15273 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15274 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15275 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15276 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15278 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15280 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15281 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15282 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15283 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15284 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15286 This variable is only used if the variable
15287 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15289 More precise choices:
15290 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15291 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15292 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15294 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15296 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15298 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15299 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15301 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15302 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15303 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15304 to that buffer.
15305 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15306 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15307 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15308 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15310 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15311 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15313 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15315 ;;;***
15317 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15318 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15319 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15320 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17665 54360))
15321 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15323 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15324 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15326 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15327 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15328 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15330 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15331 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15332 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15333 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15334 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15335 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15336 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15337 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15338 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15339 with the top-level Info directory.
15341 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15342 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15343 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15344 appended to the Info buffer name.
15346 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15347 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15348 in all the directories in that path.
15350 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15352 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15353 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15355 \(fn)" t nil)
15357 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15358 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15359 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15360 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15362 \(fn)" nil nil)
15364 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15365 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15366 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15367 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15369 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15371 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15372 Go to the Info directory node.
15374 \(fn)" t nil)
15376 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15377 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15378 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15379 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15380 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15381 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15383 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15385 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15386 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15387 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15389 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15391 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15392 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15393 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15394 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15395 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15397 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15398 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15400 Selecting other nodes:
15401 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15402 Follow a node reference you click on.
15403 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15404 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15405 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15406 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15407 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15408 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15409 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15410 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15411 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15412 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15413 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15414 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15415 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15416 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15417 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15418 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15419 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15420 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15421 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15422 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15424 Moving within a node:
15425 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15426 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15427 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15428 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15429 move up to the parent node.
15430 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15431 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15432 if there is none.
15433 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15435 Advanced commands:
15436 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15437 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15438 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15439 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15440 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15441 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15442 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15443 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15444 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15445 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15446 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15447 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15448 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15449 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15450 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15451 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15453 \(fn)" nil nil)
15454 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15456 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15457 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15458 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15459 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15460 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15461 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15463 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15464 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15466 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15467 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15468 KEY is a string.
15469 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15470 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15471 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15472 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15474 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15476 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15477 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15478 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15480 \(fn)" t nil)
15482 ;;;***
15484 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15485 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15486 ;;;;;; (17746 34860))
15487 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15489 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15490 Throw away all cached data.
15491 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15492 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15493 system.
15495 \(fn)" t nil)
15496 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15498 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15499 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15500 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15501 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15502 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15503 one found at point.
15505 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15507 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15508 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15510 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15511 Display the documentation of a file.
15512 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15513 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15514 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15515 The default file name is the one found at point.
15517 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15519 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15521 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15522 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15524 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15526 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15527 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15529 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15531 ;;;***
15533 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15534 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17522 22308))
15535 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15537 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15538 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15540 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15542 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15543 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15544 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15546 \(fn)" t nil)
15548 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15549 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15550 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15552 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15553 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15554 quite a while.
15556 \(fn)" t nil)
15558 ;;;***
15560 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15561 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17504 41540))
15562 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15564 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15565 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15567 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15569 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15570 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15571 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15573 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15574 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15575 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15577 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15578 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15579 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15580 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15582 \(fn)" t nil)
15584 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15585 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15586 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15588 \(fn)" t nil)
15590 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15591 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15592 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15593 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15594 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15596 \(fn)" nil nil)
15598 ;;;***
15600 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15601 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15602 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
15603 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15605 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15606 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15608 \(fn)" t nil)
15610 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15611 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15613 \(fn)" t nil)
15615 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15616 Not documented
15618 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15620 ;;;***
15622 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17504
15623 ;;;;;; 41540))
15624 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15626 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15627 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15628 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15629 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15630 accessed via isearchb.
15632 \(fn)" t nil)
15634 ;;;***
15636 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15637 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15638 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15639 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17504 41540))
15640 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15642 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15643 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15644 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15645 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15647 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15649 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15650 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15651 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15652 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15654 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15656 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15657 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15658 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15659 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15661 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15663 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15664 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15665 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15666 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15668 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15670 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15671 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15672 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15673 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15675 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15677 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15678 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15679 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15680 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15682 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15684 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15685 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15686 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15687 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15689 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15691 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15692 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15693 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15694 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15696 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15698 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15699 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15700 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15701 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15703 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15705 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15706 Warn that format is read-only.
15708 \(fn)" t nil)
15710 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15711 Warn that format is write-only.
15713 \(fn)" t nil)
15715 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15716 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15718 \(fn)" t nil)
15720 ;;;***
15722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15723 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
15724 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15725 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15726 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15727 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15729 ;;;***
15731 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15732 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15733 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15734 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15735 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15736 ;;;;;; (17746 34863))
15737 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15738 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15740 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15741 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15742 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15743 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15745 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
15746 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15748 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15749 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15750 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15752 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15753 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15754 re-start Emacs.")
15756 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
15758 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15760 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15762 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15764 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15766 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "." nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15768 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15770 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15771 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15773 Each element of this list is also a list:
15775 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15776 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15778 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15779 nil means the default dictionary.
15781 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15782 word.
15784 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15786 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15787 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15788 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15789 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15790 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15791 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15792 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15793 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15794 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15796 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15797 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15798 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15799 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15800 for non-ASCII bytes.
15802 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15803 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15804 single word.
15806 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15807 subprocess.
15809 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15810 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15811 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15812 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15813 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15814 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15815 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15816 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15818 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15820 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15821 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15822 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15824 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15825 Key map for ispell menu.")
15827 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15828 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15829 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15830 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15832 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15834 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15836 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15838 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15840 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15841 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15842 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15843 Valid forms include:
15844 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15845 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15846 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15847 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15849 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15850 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15851 First list is used raw.
15852 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15854 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15855 for skipping in latex mode.")
15857 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15858 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15859 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15860 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15861 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15862 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15864 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15865 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15866 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15867 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15869 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15870 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15871 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15872 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15873 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15875 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15876 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15878 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15879 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15881 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15882 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15884 return values:
15885 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15886 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15887 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15888 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15889 quit spell session exited.
15891 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15893 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15894 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15895 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15897 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15899 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15900 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15902 Selections are:
15904 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15905 SPC: Accept word this time.
15906 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15907 `a': Accept word for this session.
15908 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15909 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15910 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15911 `?': Show these commands.
15912 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15913 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15914 the aborted check to be completed later.
15915 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15916 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15917 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15918 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15919 `C-l': redraws screen
15920 `C-r': recursive edit
15921 `C-z': suspend Emacs or iconify frame
15923 \(fn)" nil nil)
15925 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15926 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15927 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15929 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15931 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15932 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15933 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15934 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15936 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15938 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15940 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15941 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15942 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15943 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15945 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15947 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15948 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15950 \(fn)" t nil)
15952 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15953 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15955 \(fn)" t nil)
15957 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15958 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15960 \(fn)" t nil)
15962 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15963 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15964 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15965 sequence inside of a word.
15967 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15969 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15971 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15972 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15974 \(fn)" t nil)
15976 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
15977 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15978 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15979 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15981 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15982 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15983 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15984 available on the net.
15986 \(fn)" t nil)
15988 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
15989 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15990 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
15992 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15993 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15995 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15996 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16000 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16001 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16002 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16003 Don't check included messages.
16005 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16006 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16007 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16009 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16010 in your .emacs file:
16011 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16012 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16013 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16014 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16016 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16017 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16018 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16020 \(fn)" t nil)
16022 ;;;***
16024 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17504
16025 ;;;;;; 41540))
16026 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16028 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16029 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16030 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16032 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16033 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16035 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16037 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16038 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16039 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16040 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16041 `iswitchb' for details.
16043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16045 ;;;***
16047 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16048 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16049 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16050 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17504 41540))
16051 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16053 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16054 Not documented
16056 \(fn)" nil nil)
16058 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16059 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16060 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16061 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16062 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16063 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16064 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16065 necessary to represent OBJ.
16067 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16069 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16070 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16071 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16072 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16074 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16076 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16077 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16078 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16079 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16080 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16082 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16084 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16085 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16086 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16087 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16089 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16091 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16092 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16093 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16094 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16096 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16098 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16099 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16101 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16103 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16104 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16105 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16106 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16107 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16109 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16111 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16112 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16113 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16114 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16115 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16117 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16119 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16120 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16121 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16123 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16125 ;;;***
16127 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16128 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17504 41540))
16129 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16131 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16132 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16133 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16134 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16136 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16137 Not documented
16139 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16141 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16142 Uninstall jka-compr.
16143 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16144 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16145 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16147 \(fn)" nil nil)
16149 ;;;***
16151 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16152 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16153 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
16154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16156 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16157 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16158 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16159 decimal key must be specified.")
16161 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16163 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16164 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16165 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16166 decimal key must be specified.")
16168 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16170 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16171 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16172 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16173 decimal key must be specified.")
16175 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16177 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16178 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16179 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16180 decimal key must be specified.")
16182 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16184 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16185 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
16186 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16187 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16188 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16189 keys are bound.
16191 Setup Binding
16192 -------------------------------------------------------------
16193 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16194 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16195 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16196 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16197 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16198 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16199 in the global and local keymaps.
16201 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16202 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16204 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16206 ;;;***
16208 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16209 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
16210 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16212 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16213 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16214 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16216 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16217 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16218 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16219 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16220 shorter.
16222 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16223 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16224 the context of text formatting.
16226 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16228 ;;;***
16230 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17721
16231 ;;;;;; 3805))
16232 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16234 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16235 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16236 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16237 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16238 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16239 positions that contains the current selection.")
16241 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16242 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16243 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16244 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16245 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16246 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16247 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16249 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16251 ;;;***
16253 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16254 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16255 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16256 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17652 14942))
16257 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16258 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16259 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16260 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16261 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16262 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16263 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16264 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16266 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16267 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16268 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16269 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16270 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16272 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16274 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16275 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16276 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16278 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16279 defining the macro.
16281 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16282 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16283 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16285 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16286 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16288 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16290 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16291 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16292 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16293 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16294 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16295 under that name.
16297 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16298 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16299 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16301 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16303 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16304 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16305 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16307 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16308 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16309 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16310 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16312 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16313 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16315 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16317 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16318 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16319 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16321 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16322 macro.
16324 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16325 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16327 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16328 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16329 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
16331 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16332 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16334 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16336 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16337 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16338 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16339 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16341 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16343 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16344 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16345 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16346 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16348 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16349 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16351 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16353 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16354 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16355 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16357 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16359 ;;;***
16361 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16362 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16363 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
16364 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16366 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16368 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16369 Not documented
16371 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16373 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16374 Not documented
16376 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16378 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16379 Not documented
16381 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16383 ;;;***
16385 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16386 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17504 41540))
16387 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16389 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16390 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16391 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16393 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16394 Not documented
16396 \(fn)" nil nil)
16398 ;;;***
16400 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16401 ;;;;;; (17580 16977))
16402 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16404 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16406 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16407 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16409 \(fn)" t nil)
16411 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16413 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16414 Start or resume an Lm game.
16415 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16416 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16418 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16419 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16420 none / 1 | yes | no
16421 2 | yes | yes
16422 3 | no | yes
16423 4 | no | no
16425 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16426 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16427 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16429 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16431 ;;;***
16433 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16434 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16435 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17504
16436 ;;;;;; 41540))
16437 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16439 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16440 Not documented
16442 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16444 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16445 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16446 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16447 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16448 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16449 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16451 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16452 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16454 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16456 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16457 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16459 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16461 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16462 Not documented
16464 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16466 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16467 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16468 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16469 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16470 to compose.
16472 The return value is number of composed characters.
16474 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16476 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16477 Not documented
16479 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16481 ;;;***
16483 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16484 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16485 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17664 29029))
16486 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16488 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16489 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16490 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16491 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16493 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16495 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16496 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16497 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16499 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16501 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16502 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16503 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16505 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16507 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16508 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16509 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16510 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16512 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16514 ;;;***
16516 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16517 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17504 41540))
16518 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16520 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16521 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16522 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16523 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16524 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16525 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16526 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16527 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16529 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16530 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16532 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16533 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16535 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16537 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16538 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16539 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16540 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16541 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16542 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16543 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16544 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16546 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16548 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16549 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16550 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16551 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16553 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16554 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16556 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16558 ;;;***
16560 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16561 ;;;;;; (17610 3931))
16562 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16564 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16566 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16568 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16569 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16571 \(fn)" t nil)
16573 ;;;***
16575 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16576 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
16577 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16579 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16580 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16582 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16583 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16585 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16586 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16588 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16589 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16590 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16591 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16592 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16593 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16594 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16595 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16596 and transmit saved text.
16597 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16598 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16599 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16601 \(fn)" t nil)
16603 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16604 Not documented
16606 \(fn)" nil nil)
16608 ;;;***
16610 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17675 64484))
16611 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16613 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16614 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16615 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16616 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16617 generations (this defaults to 1).
16619 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16621 ;;;***
16623 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17746
16624 ;;;;;; 34860))
16625 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16627 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16628 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16629 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16630 is nil, raise an error.
16632 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16633 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16634 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16635 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16636 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16637 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16638 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16639 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16640 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16642 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16644 ;;;***
16646 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16647 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17668 1406))
16648 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16650 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16651 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16652 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16654 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16656 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16657 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16658 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16659 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16661 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16662 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16663 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16664 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16665 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16666 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16667 the version.)
16669 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16670 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16672 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16673 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16675 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16677 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16678 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16679 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16680 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16681 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16682 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16683 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16684 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16685 to constrain a big search.
16687 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16688 except that FILTER is not optional.
16690 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16692 ;;;***
16694 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17504 41540))
16695 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16697 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16698 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16699 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16700 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16701 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16702 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16703 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16704 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16705 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16706 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16707 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16708 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16709 uses the current buffer.
16711 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16713 ;;;***
16715 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17504
16716 ;;;;;; 41540))
16717 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16719 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16720 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16722 \(fn)" t nil)
16724 ;;;***
16726 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17710
16727 ;;;;;; 3074))
16728 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16730 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16731 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16732 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16733 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16734 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16736 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16737 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16738 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16740 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16741 are indicated with a symbol.
16743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16745 ;;;***
16747 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16748 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17686
16749 ;;;;;; 35928))
16750 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16752 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16754 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16756 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16757 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16758 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16760 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16761 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16763 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16764 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16765 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16766 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16767 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16768 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16769 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16771 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
16773 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16774 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16775 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16776 switch on this list.
16777 See `lpr-command'.")
16779 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
16781 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16782 *Name of program for printing a file.
16784 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16785 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16786 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16787 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16788 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16789 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16790 argument.")
16792 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
16794 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16795 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16796 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16797 for customization of the printer command.
16799 \(fn)" t nil)
16801 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16802 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16804 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16805 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16806 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16807 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16809 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16810 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16812 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16813 for further customization of the printer command.
16815 \(fn)" t nil)
16817 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16818 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16819 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16820 for customization of the printer command.
16822 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16824 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16825 Paginate and print the region contents.
16827 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16828 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16829 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16830 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16832 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16833 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16835 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16836 for further customization of the printer command.
16838 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16840 ;;;***
16842 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16843 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
16844 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16846 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16847 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16848 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16850 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
16852 ;;;***
16854 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17504
16855 ;;;;;; 41540))
16856 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16858 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16859 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16860 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16862 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16866 ;;;***
16868 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17504
16869 ;;;;;; 41540))
16870 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16872 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16873 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16874 \\{m4-mode-map}
16876 \(fn)" t nil)
16878 ;;;***
16880 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16881 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
16882 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16884 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16885 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16886 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16887 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16888 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16890 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16892 ;;;***
16894 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16895 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17504 41540))
16896 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16898 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16899 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16900 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16901 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16902 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16904 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16906 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16907 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16908 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16909 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16911 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16912 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16913 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16914 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16915 bindings.
16917 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16918 use this command, and then save the file.
16920 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16922 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16923 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16924 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16925 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16926 each time the macro executes.
16927 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16928 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16929 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16930 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16931 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16932 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16933 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16935 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16937 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
16938 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16939 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16940 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16942 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16943 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16944 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16945 execute.
16947 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16948 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16950 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16951 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16952 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16953 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16954 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16956 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16957 looked like this:
16959 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16960 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16961 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16963 You could enter the names in this format:
16969 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16971 \\C-x (
16972 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16973 \\C-x )
16975 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16976 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16978 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16979 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16981 ;;;***
16983 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16984 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17504 41540))
16985 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16987 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
16988 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16989 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16990 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16991 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16992 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16994 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16995 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16996 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16997 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16998 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17000 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17001 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17002 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17003 consing a string.)
17005 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17007 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17008 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17010 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17012 ;;;***
17014 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17015 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17016 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
17017 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17019 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17020 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17022 \(fn)" nil nil)
17024 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17025 Not documented
17027 \(fn)" nil nil)
17029 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17030 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17032 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17034 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17035 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17036 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17037 message.
17039 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17041 \(fn)" nil nil)
17043 ;;;***
17045 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17046 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17047 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17504
17048 ;;;;;; 41540))
17049 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17051 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17052 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17053 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17054 often correct parser.")
17056 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17058 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17059 Not documented
17061 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17063 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17064 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17065 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17066 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17068 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17070 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17071 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17072 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17073 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17075 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17077 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17078 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17079 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17080 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17081 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17082 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17083 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17084 as Rmail does.
17086 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17088 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17089 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17090 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17091 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17092 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17093 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17095 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17097 ;;;***
17099 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17100 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17504 41540))
17101 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17103 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17104 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17106 \(fn)" nil nil)
17108 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17109 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17110 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17112 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17114 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17115 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17116 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17118 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17120 ;;;***
17122 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17123 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17504
17124 ;;;;;; 41540))
17125 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17127 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17128 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17129 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17130 king@grassland.com
17131 If `parens', they look like:
17132 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17133 If `angles', they look like:
17134 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17136 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17138 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17139 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17140 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17141 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17142 their `Resent-' variants.
17144 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17145 removed from alias expansions.
17147 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17149 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17150 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17151 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17153 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17154 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17155 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17156 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17158 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17160 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17161 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17162 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17163 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17165 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17167 ;;;***
17169 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17170 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
17171 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17173 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17174 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17175 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17176 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17178 \(fn)" nil nil)
17180 ;;;***
17182 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17183 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17184 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17701 49519))
17185 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17187 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17188 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17190 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17191 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17192 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17193 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17194 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17195 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17197 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17198 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17199 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17200 dependency, despite the colon.
17202 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17204 In the browser, use the following keys:
17206 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17208 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17210 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17211 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17213 `makefile-target-colon':
17214 The string that gets appended to all target names
17215 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17216 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17218 `makefile-macro-assign':
17219 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17220 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17221 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17222 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17223 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17224 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17226 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17227 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17228 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17230 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17231 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17233 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17234 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17235 up or down in the browser.
17237 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17238 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17240 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17241 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17243 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17244 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17245 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17246 has been selected in the browser.
17248 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17249 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17250 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17251 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17252 filenames are omitted.
17254 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17255 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17256 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17257 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17258 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17259 the backslash itself intact.
17260 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17261 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17263 `makefile-browser-hook':
17264 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17265 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17267 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17268 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17269 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17270 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17272 \(fn)" t nil)
17274 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17275 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17277 \(fn)" t nil)
17279 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17280 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17282 \(fn)" t nil)
17284 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17285 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17287 \(fn)" t nil)
17289 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17290 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17292 \(fn)" t nil)
17294 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17295 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17297 \(fn)" t nil)
17299 ;;;***
17301 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17504
17302 ;;;;;; 41540))
17303 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17305 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17306 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17307 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17309 \(fn)" t nil)
17311 ;;;***
17313 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17658 57980))
17314 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17316 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17318 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17319 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17320 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17321 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17322 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17323 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17324 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17326 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17327 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17328 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17329 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17331 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17333 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17334 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17336 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17338 ;;;***
17340 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17504 41540))
17341 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17343 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17344 Toggle Master mode.
17345 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17346 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17347 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17349 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17350 following commands:
17352 \\{master-mode-map}
17354 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17355 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17356 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17360 ;;;***
17362 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17759
17363 ;;;;;; 28868))
17364 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17366 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17368 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17369 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17370 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17371 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17372 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17373 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17375 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17377 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17378 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17379 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17380 created in the future.
17381 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17382 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17386 ;;;***
17388 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17389 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17390 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17391 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17392 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17393 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17394 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17395 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17396 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17397 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17398 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17759 28869))
17399 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17401 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17402 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17404 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17405 king@grassland.com
17406 If `parens', they look like:
17407 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17408 If `angles', they look like:
17409 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17411 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17412 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17414 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17416 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17417 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17419 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17421 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17422 *Local news organization file.")
17424 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17426 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17427 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17428 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17429 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17431 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17432 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17433 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17435 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17437 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17439 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17440 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17442 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17443 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17444 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17445 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17447 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17449 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17450 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17451 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17452 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17454 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17456 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17457 *Function for citing an original message.
17458 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17459 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17460 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17462 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17464 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17465 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17466 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17467 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17468 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17470 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17472 (defvar message-signature t "\
17473 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17474 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17475 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17476 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17478 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17480 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17481 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17482 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17483 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17485 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17487 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17488 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17490 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17492 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17494 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17495 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17496 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17497 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17498 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17499 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17500 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17501 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17502 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17503 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17504 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17505 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17506 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17507 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17508 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17509 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17510 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17511 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17512 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17513 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17514 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17515 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17516 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17517 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17518 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17519 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17520 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17521 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17522 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17523 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17524 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17525 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17526 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17527 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17528 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17529 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17530 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17532 \(fn)" t nil)
17534 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17535 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17536 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17538 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17540 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17541 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17543 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17545 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17546 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17548 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17550 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17551 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17553 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17555 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17556 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17557 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17559 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17561 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17562 Cancel an article you posted.
17563 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17567 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17568 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17569 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17570 header line with the old Message-ID.
17572 \(fn)" t nil)
17574 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17575 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17577 \(fn)" t nil)
17579 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17580 Forward the current message via mail.
17581 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17582 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17584 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17586 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17587 Not documented
17589 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17591 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17592 Not documented
17594 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17596 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17597 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17599 \(fn)" t nil)
17601 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17602 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17604 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17606 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17607 Re-mail the current message.
17608 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17609 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17610 you.
17612 \(fn)" t nil)
17614 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17615 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17617 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17619 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17620 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17622 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17624 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17625 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17627 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17629 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17630 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17632 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17634 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17635 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17636 Works by overstriking characters.
17637 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17638 which specify the range to operate on.
17640 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17642 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17643 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17644 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17645 which specify the range to operate on.
17647 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17649 ;;;***
17651 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17652 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
17653 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17655 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17656 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17657 Special commands:
17658 \\{meta-mode-map}
17660 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17661 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17663 \(fn)" t nil)
17665 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17666 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17667 Special commands:
17668 \\{meta-mode-map}
17670 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17671 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17673 \(fn)" t nil)
17675 ;;;***
17677 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17678 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17679 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
17680 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17682 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17683 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17684 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17686 \(fn)" t nil)
17688 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17689 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17690 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17691 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17692 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17693 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17694 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17696 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17698 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17699 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17700 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17701 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17702 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17703 means current).
17704 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17705 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17707 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17709 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17710 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17711 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17712 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17713 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17714 means current).
17715 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17716 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17718 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17720 ;;;***
17722 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17723 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17724 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17690 32932))
17725 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17727 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17728 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17729 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17731 \(fn)" t nil)
17733 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17734 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17735 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17737 \(fn)" t nil)
17739 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17740 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17742 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17743 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17744 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17746 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17747 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17749 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17750 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17752 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17754 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17756 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17757 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17758 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17759 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17760 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17761 as `compose-mail'.
17763 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17764 initial Subject field, respectively.
17766 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17767 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17768 are strings.
17770 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17771 ignored.
17773 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17775 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17776 Save draft and send message.
17778 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17779 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17780 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17781 Mail Delivery*\".
17783 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17784 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17785 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17787 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17788 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17789 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17790 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17791 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17792 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17794 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17795 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17799 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17800 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17802 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17803 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17804 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17805 delete the draft message.
17807 \(fn)" t nil)
17809 ;;;***
17811 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17759 28870))
17812 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17814 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17816 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17818 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17820 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17821 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17823 \(fn)" t nil)
17825 ;;;***
17827 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17828 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17504 41540))
17829 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17831 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17832 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17833 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17835 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17836 the MH mail system.
17838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17840 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17841 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17842 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17844 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17845 the MH mail system.
17847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17849 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
17850 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17852 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17853 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17854 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17855 separate command.
17857 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17858 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17859 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17860 format.
17862 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17864 Ranges
17865 ======
17866 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17867 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17868 can be used in several ways.
17870 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17871 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17872 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17873 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17874 page):
17876 <num1>-<num2>
17877 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17878 The range must be nonempty.
17880 <num>:N
17881 <num>:+N
17882 <num>:-N
17883 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17884 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17885 last.
17887 first:N
17888 prev:N
17889 next:N
17890 last:N
17891 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17894 All of the messages.
17896 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17897 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17899 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17900 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17901 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17903 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17905 \(fn)" t nil)
17907 ;;;***
17909 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17910 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17731 48935))
17911 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17913 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17914 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17915 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17916 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17917 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17918 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17919 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17920 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17921 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17922 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17923 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17925 \(fn)" t nil)
17927 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17928 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17929 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17930 to its second argument TM.
17932 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17934 ;;;***
17936 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17937 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17504 41540))
17938 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17940 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17941 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17942 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17943 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17944 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17945 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17947 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17949 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
17950 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17951 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17952 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17953 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17954 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17955 default indication.
17957 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17958 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17962 ;;;***
17964 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17965 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
17966 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17968 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
17969 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17970 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17972 \(fn)" t nil)
17974 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
17976 ;;;***
17978 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
17979 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
17980 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
17981 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
17983 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
17984 Not documented
17986 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17988 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
17989 Not documented
17991 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
17993 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
17994 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
17995 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
17996 PATTERN regexp.
17998 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18000 ;;;***
18002 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18003 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17632 36219))
18004 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18006 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18007 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18009 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18011 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18012 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18013 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18014 the entire message.
18015 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18017 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18019 ;;;***
18021 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18022 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
18023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18025 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18026 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18027 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18028 the entire message.
18029 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18031 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18033 ;;;***
18035 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18036 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17610 3931))
18037 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18039 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18040 Insert file contents of URL.
18041 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18043 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18045 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18046 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18048 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18050 ;;;***
18052 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18053 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17715 55646))
18054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18056 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18057 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18058 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18059 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18060 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18062 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18064 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18065 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18066 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18068 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18070 ;;;***
18072 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18073 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
18074 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18076 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18077 Not documented
18079 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18081 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18082 Not documented
18084 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18086 ;;;***
18088 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18089 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18090 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17504 41540))
18091 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18093 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18094 Not documented
18096 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18098 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18099 Not documented
18101 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18103 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18104 Not documented
18106 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18108 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18109 Not documented
18111 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18113 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18114 Not documented
18116 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18118 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18119 Not documented
18121 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18123 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18124 Not documented
18126 \(fn)" nil nil)
18128 ;;;***
18130 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18131 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
18132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18134 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18135 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18136 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18137 followed by the first character of the construct.
18138 \\<m2-mode-map>
18139 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18140 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18141 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18142 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18143 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18144 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18145 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18146 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18147 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18148 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18149 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18150 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18151 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18152 \\[m2-link] link
18154 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18155 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18156 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18158 \(fn)" t nil)
18160 ;;;***
18162 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18163 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
18164 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18166 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18167 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18169 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18171 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18172 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18174 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18176 ;;;***
18178 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17704
18179 ;;;;;; 3961))
18180 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18182 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18183 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18184 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18185 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18186 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18187 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18189 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18191 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18192 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18193 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18194 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18196 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18198 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18200 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18202 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18203 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18204 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18205 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18206 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18207 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18209 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18210 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18211 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18212 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18213 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18215 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18216 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18218 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18219 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18221 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18223 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18224 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18225 primary selection and region.
18227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18229 ;;;***
18231 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17504 41540))
18232 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18234 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18235 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18237 \(fn)" t nil)
18239 ;;;***
18241 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17566 60306))
18242 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18244 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18245 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18246 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18247 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18248 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18249 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18251 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18253 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18254 Toggle Msb mode.
18255 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18256 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18257 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18261 ;;;***
18263 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18264 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18265 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18266 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18267 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18268 ;;;;;; (17623 45182))
18269 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18271 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18272 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18273 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18274 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18275 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18276 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18277 set of ISO charsets.
18279 Each element has the following format:
18280 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18282 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18284 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18285 CHARSET are mapped.
18287 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18288 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18289 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18290 character code in CHARSET.
18292 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18293 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18294 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18296 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18297 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18298 TO2, or...
18299 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18300 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18302 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18303 Display a list of all character sets.
18305 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18306 internal Emacs use.
18308 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18309 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18310 hexadecimal digits.
18311 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18312 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18314 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18315 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18316 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18317 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18319 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18320 but still shows the full information.
18322 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18324 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18325 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18326 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18327 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18328 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18330 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18331 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18332 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18333 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18334 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18336 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18338 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18339 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18340 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18341 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18342 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18344 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18346 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18347 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18349 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18351 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18352 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18354 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18356 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18357 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18359 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18360 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18361 in place of `..':
18362 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18363 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18364 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18365 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18366 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18367 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18368 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18369 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18370 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18371 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18372 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18373 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18374 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18375 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18376 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18377 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18379 \(fn)" t nil)
18381 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18382 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18384 \(fn)" t nil)
18386 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18387 Display a list of all coding systems.
18388 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18390 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18391 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18395 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18396 Display a list of all coding categories.
18398 \(fn)" nil nil)
18400 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18401 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18402 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18404 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18406 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18407 Display information about FONTSET.
18408 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18410 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18412 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18413 Display a list of all fontsets.
18414 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18415 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18416 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18418 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18420 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18421 Display information about all input methods.
18423 \(fn)" t nil)
18425 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18426 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18428 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18429 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18430 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18431 system which uses fontsets).
18433 \(fn)" t nil)
18435 ;;;***
18437 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18438 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18439 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18440 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18441 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18442 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17504 41540))
18443 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18445 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18446 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18447 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18449 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18451 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18453 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18454 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18456 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18457 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18459 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18460 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18462 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18464 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18465 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18466 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18467 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18468 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18469 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18470 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18472 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18473 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18474 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18475 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18476 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18477 middle of a character in STR.
18479 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18480 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18482 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18483 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18484 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18485 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18486 defaults to \"...\".
18488 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18490 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18491 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18493 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18494 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18495 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18497 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18498 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18499 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18501 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18502 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18503 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18504 is considered.
18505 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18506 longer than KEYSEQ.
18507 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18509 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18511 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18512 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18513 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18514 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18515 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18516 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18517 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18518 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18519 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18520 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18521 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18523 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18525 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18526 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18528 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18530 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18531 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18533 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18535 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18536 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18538 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18540 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18541 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18543 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18545 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18546 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18547 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18548 coding systems ordered by priority.
18550 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18552 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18553 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18554 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18555 language environment LANG-ENV.
18557 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18559 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18560 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18561 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18562 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18563 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18564 basis, this may not be accurate.
18566 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18568 ;;;***
18570 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18571 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
18572 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18574 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18575 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18576 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18577 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18578 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18579 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18581 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18583 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18584 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18585 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18586 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18590 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18591 Enable mouse wheel support.
18593 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18595 ;;;***
18597 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18598 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18599 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18600 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17504 41540))
18601 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18603 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18604 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18606 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18608 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18609 Ping HOST.
18610 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18611 `ping-program-options'.
18613 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18615 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18616 Run ipconfig program.
18618 \(fn)" t nil)
18620 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18622 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18623 Run netstat program.
18625 \(fn)" t nil)
18627 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18628 Run the arp program.
18630 \(fn)" t nil)
18632 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18633 Run the route program.
18635 \(fn)" t nil)
18637 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18638 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18640 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18642 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18643 Run nslookup program.
18645 \(fn)" t nil)
18647 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18648 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18650 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18652 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18653 Run dig program.
18655 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18657 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18658 Run ftp program.
18660 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18662 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18663 Finger USER on HOST.
18665 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18667 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18668 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18669 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18670 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18672 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18674 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18675 Not documented
18677 \(fn)" t nil)
18679 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18680 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18682 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18684 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18685 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18687 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18689 ;;;***
18691 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18692 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18693 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18694 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18695 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18696 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17707 61789))
18697 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18699 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18701 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18703 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18705 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18707 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18708 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18709 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18710 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18711 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18712 Major modes should set this variable.")
18714 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18715 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18716 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18717 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18718 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18719 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18721 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
18722 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18724 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18725 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18726 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18728 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18729 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18730 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18731 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18732 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18734 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18735 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18736 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18738 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18739 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18740 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18741 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18743 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18744 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18745 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18746 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18747 column indentation or nil.
18748 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18750 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18751 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18752 The function has no args.
18754 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18755 comments always start in column zero.")
18757 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18758 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18759 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18761 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
18763 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18764 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18765 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18766 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18768 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18769 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18771 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
18773 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18774 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18775 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18776 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18777 customize this variable.
18779 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18780 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18782 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
18784 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18785 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18786 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18787 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18788 the variables are properly set.
18790 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18792 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18793 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18795 \(fn)" nil nil)
18797 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18798 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18799 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18801 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18803 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18804 Set the comment column based on point.
18805 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18806 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18807 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18808 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18810 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18812 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18813 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18814 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18816 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18818 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18819 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18820 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18821 comment markers.
18823 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18825 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18826 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18827 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18828 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18829 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18830 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18831 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18832 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18834 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18835 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18837 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18839 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
18840 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18841 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18842 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18844 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18846 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18847 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18848 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18849 is passed on to the respective function.
18851 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18853 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18854 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18855 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18856 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18857 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18858 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18859 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18860 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18861 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18863 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18865 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18866 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18867 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18869 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
18871 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18872 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18873 This indents the body of the continued comment
18874 under the previous comment line.
18876 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18877 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18878 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18880 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18881 or comment indentation.
18883 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18884 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18886 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18888 ;;;***
18890 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
18891 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
18892 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17504 41540))
18893 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18895 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18896 Check whether newsticker is running.
18897 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18898 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18900 \(fn)" nil nil)
18902 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18903 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18904 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18905 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18906 empty.
18908 \(fn)" nil nil)
18910 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18911 Start the newsticker.
18912 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18913 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18914 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18915 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18917 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18919 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
18920 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18921 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18922 running already.
18924 \(fn)" t nil)
18926 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
18927 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
18929 \(fn)" t nil)
18931 ;;;***
18933 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18934 ;;;;;; (17746 34862))
18935 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18937 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
18938 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18940 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18942 ;;;***
18944 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17504
18945 ;;;;;; 41540))
18946 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18948 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
18949 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18950 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18951 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18952 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18953 symbol in the alist.
18955 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18957 ;;;***
18959 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18960 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
18961 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18963 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
18964 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18965 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18967 \(fn)" t nil)
18969 ;;;***
18971 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18972 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
18973 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18975 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
18976 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18977 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18979 \(fn)" t nil)
18981 ;;;***
18983 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18984 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
18985 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18987 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
18988 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18990 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18992 ;;;***
18994 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18995 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17746 34862))
18996 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18998 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
18999 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19001 \(fn)" t nil)
19003 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19004 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19006 \(fn)" t nil)
19008 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19009 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19011 \(fn)" t nil)
19013 ;;;***
19015 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19016 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17665 54360))
19017 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19019 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19020 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19021 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19023 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19025 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19026 Not documented
19028 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19030 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19031 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19032 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19033 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19034 to future sessions.
19036 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19038 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19039 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19040 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19041 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19042 to future sessions.
19044 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19046 ;;;***
19048 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19049 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
19050 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19052 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19053 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19054 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19055 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19056 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19057 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19059 \(fn)" t nil)
19061 ;;;***
19063 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19064 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
19065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19067 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19068 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19069 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19070 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19071 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19073 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19075 ;;;***
19077 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19078 ;;;;;; (17731 48936))
19079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19081 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19082 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19083 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19085 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19087 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19088 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19090 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19091 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19092 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19096 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19098 ;;;***
19100 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19101 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
19102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19104 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19105 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19107 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19108 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19109 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19110 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19112 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19113 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19114 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19115 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19116 is why you need this mode!).
19118 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19119 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19120 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19122 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19124 Keybindings
19125 ===========
19127 \\{octave-mode-map}
19129 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19130 ==============================================
19132 octave-auto-indent
19133 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19134 Default is nil.
19136 octave-auto-newline
19137 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19138 Default is nil.
19140 octave-blink-matching-block
19141 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19142 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19144 octave-block-offset
19145 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19146 Default is 2.
19148 octave-continuation-offset
19149 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19150 Default is 4.
19152 octave-continuation-string
19153 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19154 Default is a backslash.
19156 octave-mode-startup-message
19157 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19158 Default is t.
19160 octave-send-echo-input
19161 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19162 command to the inferior Octave process.
19164 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19165 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19166 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19168 octave-send-echo-input
19169 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19171 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19173 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19174 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19176 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19177 (setq auto-mode-alist
19178 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19180 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19181 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19183 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19184 (lambda ()
19185 (abbrev-mode 1)
19186 (auto-fill-mode 1)
19187 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19188 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19190 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19191 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19192 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19193 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19195 \(fn)" t nil)
19197 ;;;***
19199 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19200 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19201 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19202 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-cycle-agenda-files
19203 ;;;;;; org-todo-list org-agenda-list org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19204 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19205 ;;;;;; (17759 28874))
19206 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19208 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19209 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19210 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19212 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19213 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19214 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19215 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19216 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19217 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19218 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19219 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19220 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19221 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19223 The following commands are available:
19225 \\{org-mode-map}
19227 \(fn)" t nil)
19229 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19230 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19232 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19233 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19234 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19235 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19236 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19238 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19239 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19240 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19241 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19242 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19243 and zoom in further.
19244 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19246 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19247 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19248 is negative, go up that many levels.
19250 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19251 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19252 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19254 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19255 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19259 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19260 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19264 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19265 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19266 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19267 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19269 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19270 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19271 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19272 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19273 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19274 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19275 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19276 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19278 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19279 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19280 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19282 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19283 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19284 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19286 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19288 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19289 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19290 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19291 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19292 before running the agenda command.
19294 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19296 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19297 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19298 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19299 will be able to go to other weeks.
19300 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19301 also be shown, under the current date.
19302 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19303 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19304 to turn on logging.
19305 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19306 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19307 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19309 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19311 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19312 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19313 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19314 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19315 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19316 `org-todo-keywords'.
19318 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19320 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19321 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19322 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19323 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19325 \(fn)" t nil)
19327 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19328 Return diary information from org-files.
19329 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19330 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19331 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19332 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19334 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19335 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19336 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19338 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19339 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19340 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19341 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19343 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19344 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19345 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19347 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19348 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19349 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19350 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19352 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19354 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19356 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19357 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19359 &%%(org-diary)
19361 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19362 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19363 also be written as
19365 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19367 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19368 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19369 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19371 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19373 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19374 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19375 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19377 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19379 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19380 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19381 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19382 \\[org-insert-link].
19383 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19384 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19385 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19387 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19389 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19390 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19391 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19392 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19393 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19395 \(fn)" nil nil)
19397 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19398 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19399 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19400 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19402 \(fn)" nil nil)
19404 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19405 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19406 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19407 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19408 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19409 file the text at a specific location.
19410 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19411 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19412 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19414 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19415 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19416 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19417 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19418 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19419 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19420 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19421 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19423 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19424 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19425 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19426 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19428 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19429 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19430 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19432 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19433 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19434 \(i.e. after the stars).
19436 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19438 \(fn)" nil nil)
19440 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19441 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19443 \(fn)" nil nil)
19445 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19446 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19450 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19451 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19452 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19453 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19455 \(fn)" t nil)
19457 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19458 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19459 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19460 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19462 \(fn)" t nil)
19464 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19465 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19466 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19468 \(fn)" t nil)
19470 ;;;***
19472 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19473 ;;;;;; (17508 50986))
19474 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19475 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19477 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19478 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19479 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19480 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19482 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19483 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19484 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19485 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19487 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19488 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19489 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19490 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19491 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19492 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19494 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19495 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19496 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19498 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19499 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19500 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19501 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19502 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19503 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19504 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19505 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19506 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19507 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19508 The subheadings remain visible.
19509 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19511 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19512 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19513 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19515 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19516 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19518 \(fn)" t nil)
19520 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19521 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19522 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19523 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19527 ;;;***
19529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17504
19530 ;;;;;; 41540))
19531 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19532 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19533 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19534 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19535 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19536 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19537 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19538 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19539 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19540 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19542 ;;;***
19544 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17504 41540))
19545 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19547 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19548 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19549 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19550 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19551 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19552 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19554 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19556 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19557 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19558 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19559 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19561 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19562 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19566 ;;;***
19568 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19569 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
19570 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19572 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19573 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19574 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19575 unknown are returned as nil.
19577 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19579 ;;;***
19581 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17504
19582 ;;;;;; 41540))
19583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19585 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19586 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19587 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19589 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19590 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19592 Other useful functions are:
19594 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19595 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19596 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19597 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19598 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19599 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19600 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19601 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19602 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19604 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19606 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19607 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19608 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19609 Indentation for case statements.
19610 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19611 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19612 mark after an end.
19613 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19614 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19615 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19616 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19617 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19618 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19619 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19620 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19621 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19622 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19624 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19625 pascal-separator-keywords.
19627 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19628 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19630 \(fn)" t nil)
19632 ;;;***
19634 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19635 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
19636 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19638 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19639 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19640 The keys affected are:
19641 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19642 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19643 M-Backspace does undo.
19644 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19645 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19646 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19648 \(fn)" t nil)
19650 ;;;***
19652 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19653 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17504 41540))
19654 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19656 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19657 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19658 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19659 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19660 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19661 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19663 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19665 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19666 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19668 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19670 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19671 which modify the status of the mark.
19673 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19674 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19676 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19677 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19679 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19680 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19681 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19682 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19683 turning PC Selection mode on.
19685 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19686 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19688 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19689 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19690 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19692 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19693 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19694 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19696 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19697 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19699 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19700 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19701 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19703 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19704 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19705 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19707 F6 other-window
19708 DELETE delete-char
19709 C-DELETE kill-line
19710 M-DELETE kill-word
19711 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19712 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19713 M-BACKSPACE undo
19715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19717 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19718 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19719 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19720 and cursor movement commands.
19721 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19722 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19723 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19725 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19727 ;;;***
19729 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17504
19730 ;;;;;; 41540))
19731 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19733 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19734 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19736 \(fn)" nil nil)
19738 ;;;***
19740 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19741 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17504 41540))
19742 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19744 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19745 Completion for `gzip'.
19747 \(fn)" nil nil)
19749 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19750 Completion for `bzip2'.
19752 \(fn)" nil nil)
19754 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19755 Completion for GNU `make'.
19757 \(fn)" nil nil)
19759 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19760 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19762 \(fn)" nil nil)
19764 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19766 ;;;***
19768 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19769 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17504 41540))
19770 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19772 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19773 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19775 \(fn)" nil nil)
19777 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19778 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19780 \(fn)" nil nil)
19782 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19783 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19785 \(fn)" nil nil)
19787 ;;;***
19789 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17504
19790 ;;;;;; 41540))
19791 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19793 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19794 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19795 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19796 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19797 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19798 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19800 \(fn)" nil nil)
19802 ;;;***
19804 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19805 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19806 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17504 41540))
19807 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19809 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19810 Completion for `cd'.
19812 \(fn)" nil nil)
19814 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19816 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19817 Completion for `rmdir'.
19819 \(fn)" nil nil)
19821 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19822 Completion for `rm'.
19824 \(fn)" nil nil)
19826 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19827 Completion for `xargs'.
19829 \(fn)" nil nil)
19831 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19833 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19834 Completion for `which'.
19836 \(fn)" nil nil)
19838 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19839 Completion for the `chown' command.
19841 \(fn)" nil nil)
19843 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19844 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19846 \(fn)" nil nil)
19848 ;;;***
19850 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19851 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19852 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17504
19853 ;;;;;; 41540))
19854 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19856 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19857 Support extensible programmable completion.
19858 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19859 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19861 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19863 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19864 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19866 \(fn)" t nil)
19868 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19869 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19870 This will modify the current buffer.
19872 \(fn)" t nil)
19874 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19875 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19877 \(fn)" t nil)
19879 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19880 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19881 This will modify the current buffer.
19883 \(fn)" t nil)
19885 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19886 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19888 \(fn)" t nil)
19890 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19891 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19893 \(fn)" t nil)
19895 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19896 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19897 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19898 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19899 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19901 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19903 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19904 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19906 \(fn)" nil nil)
19908 ;;;***
19910 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
19911 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
19912 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17759 28868))
19913 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
19915 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
19916 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
19917 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
19918 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19920 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
19922 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
19924 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
19925 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
19926 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19927 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19928 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19929 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19930 FLAGS is ignored.
19932 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
19934 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
19935 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
19936 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
19937 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19938 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19939 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19940 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19941 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19943 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19945 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
19946 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19947 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19948 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19949 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19950 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19951 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
19952 passed to cvs.
19954 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
19956 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
19957 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19958 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19959 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19960 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19961 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19962 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19964 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19966 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
19968 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
19969 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
19970 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
19972 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
19974 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
19975 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
19976 nil means never do it.
19977 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
19978 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
19979 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
19981 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
19983 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
19984 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
19985 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
19987 ;;;***
19989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17672 28070))
19990 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
19992 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
19994 ;;;***
19996 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
19997 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
19998 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20000 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20001 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20002 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20003 Tab indents for Perl code.
20004 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20005 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20006 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20007 \\{perl-mode-map}
20008 Variables controlling indentation style:
20009 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20010 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20011 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20012 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20013 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20014 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20015 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20016 `perl-nochange'
20017 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20018 `perl-indent-level'
20019 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20020 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20021 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20022 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20023 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20024 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20025 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20026 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20027 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20028 `perl-brace-offset'
20029 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20030 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20031 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20032 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20033 `perl-label-offset'
20034 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20035 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20036 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20038 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20039 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20040 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20041 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20042 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20043 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20044 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20046 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20048 \(fn)" t nil)
20050 ;;;***
20052 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20053 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20054 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20055 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17661 56347))
20056 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20058 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20059 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20061 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20063 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20064 passphrase cache or user.
20066 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20068 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20069 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20071 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20072 cache or user.
20074 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20076 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20077 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20079 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20080 the region.
20082 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20083 passphrase cache or user.
20085 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20087 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20088 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20090 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20092 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20093 the region.
20095 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20096 passphrase cache or user.
20098 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20100 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20101 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20103 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20104 passphrase cache or user.
20106 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20108 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20109 Decrypt the current buffer.
20111 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20112 the region.
20114 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20115 passphrase cache or user.
20117 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20119 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20120 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20122 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20123 a detached signature.
20125 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20126 and the the output is displayed.
20128 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20129 passphrase cache or user.
20131 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20133 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20134 Sign the current buffer.
20136 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20137 detached signature.
20139 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20140 within the region.
20142 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20143 and the the output is displayed.
20145 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20146 passphrase cache or user.
20148 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20150 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20151 Verify the current region between START and END.
20152 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20153 the detached signature of the current region.
20155 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20156 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20158 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20160 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20161 Verify the current buffer.
20162 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20163 the detached signature of the current region.
20164 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20165 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20166 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20167 within the region.
20169 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20171 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20172 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20174 \(fn)" t nil)
20176 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20177 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20179 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20181 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20182 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20184 \(fn)" t nil)
20186 ;;;***
20188 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20189 ;;;;;; (17664 29027))
20190 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20192 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20193 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20195 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20197 ;;;***
20199 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20200 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
20201 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20203 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20204 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20205 \\<picture-mode-map>
20206 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20207 afterwards settable by these commands:
20209 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20210 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20211 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20212 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20214 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20215 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20216 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20217 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20219 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20220 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20221 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20222 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20224 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20225 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20226 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20227 with these commands:
20229 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20230 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20231 Move to column following last
20232 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20233 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20234 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20235 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20236 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20237 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20239 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20241 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20242 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20243 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20244 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20245 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20246 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20248 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20249 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20250 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20251 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20252 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20253 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20254 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20256 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20257 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20258 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20259 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20260 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20261 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20262 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20263 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20265 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20266 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20267 by supplying an argument.
20269 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20271 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20272 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20274 \(fn)" t nil)
20276 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20278 ;;;***
20280 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20281 ;;;;;; (17604 18984))
20282 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20284 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20285 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20286 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20288 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20290 ;;;***
20292 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17557 12730))
20293 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20295 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20296 Play pong and waste time.
20297 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20298 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20300 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20302 \\{pong-mode-map}
20304 \(fn)" t nil)
20306 ;;;***
20308 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20309 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17746 34861))
20310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20312 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20313 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20314 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20315 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20317 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20319 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20320 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20322 \(fn)" nil nil)
20324 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20325 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20326 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20327 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20328 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20330 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20332 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20333 Evaluate an expression, then pretty-print value EXPVAL into a new buffer.
20334 If pretty-printed EXPVAL fits on one line, display it in the echo
20335 area instead. Also add EXPVAL to the front of the list
20336 in the variable `values'.
20338 Non-interactively, the argument is the value, EXPVAL, not the expression
20339 to evaluate.
20341 \(fn EXPVAL)" t nil)
20343 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20344 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20345 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20346 Ignores leading comment characters.
20348 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20350 ;;;***
20352 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20353 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20354 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20355 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20356 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20357 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20358 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20359 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20360 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20361 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20362 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20363 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20364 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20365 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20366 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20367 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20368 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20369 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20370 ;;;;;; (17746 34861))
20371 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20373 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20374 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20376 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20378 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20380 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20382 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20383 Preview directory using ghostview.
20385 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20386 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20387 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20388 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20390 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20391 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20392 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20393 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20394 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20395 file name.
20397 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20399 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20401 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20402 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20404 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20405 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20406 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20407 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20409 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20410 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20411 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20412 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20413 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20414 file name.
20416 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20418 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20420 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20421 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20423 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20424 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20425 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20426 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20428 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20429 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20430 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20431 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20432 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20433 file name.
20435 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20437 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20439 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20440 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20442 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20444 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20445 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20446 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20447 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20449 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20450 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20451 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20452 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20453 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20454 file name.
20456 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20458 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20460 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20461 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20463 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20464 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20465 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20467 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20468 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20469 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20470 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20472 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20474 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20475 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20477 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20478 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20479 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20481 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20482 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20483 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20484 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20486 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20488 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20489 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20491 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20492 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20493 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20495 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20496 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20497 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20498 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20500 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20502 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20503 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20505 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20507 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20508 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20509 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20511 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20512 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20513 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20514 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20516 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20518 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20519 Preview region using ghostview.
20521 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20523 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20525 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20526 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20528 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20530 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20532 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20533 Print region using PostScript printer.
20535 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20537 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20539 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20540 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20542 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20544 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20546 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20547 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20549 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20551 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20553 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20554 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20556 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20558 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20560 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20561 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20563 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20565 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20567 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20568 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20570 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20572 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20574 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20575 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20576 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20577 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20579 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20580 matching.
20582 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20583 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20585 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20587 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20589 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20590 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20591 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20592 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20594 \(fn)" t nil)
20596 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20597 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20598 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20599 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20601 \(fn)" t nil)
20603 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20604 Print directory using text printer.
20606 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20607 matching.
20609 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20610 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20612 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20614 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20616 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20617 Print buffer using text printer.
20619 \(fn)" t nil)
20621 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20622 Print region using text printer.
20624 \(fn)" t nil)
20626 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20627 Print major mode using text printer.
20629 \(fn)" t nil)
20631 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20632 Preview spooled PostScript.
20634 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20635 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20636 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20638 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20639 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20640 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20642 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20644 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20645 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20647 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20648 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20649 instead of sending it to the printer.
20651 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20652 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20653 image in a file with that name.
20655 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20657 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20658 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20660 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20661 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20662 instead of sending it to the printer.
20664 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20665 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20666 image in a file with that name.
20668 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20670 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20671 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20673 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20674 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20675 instead of sending it to the printer.
20677 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20678 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20679 image in a file with that name.
20681 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20683 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20684 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20686 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20688 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20689 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20691 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20693 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20694 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20696 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20698 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20699 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20701 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20703 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20704 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20706 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20708 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20709 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20711 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20712 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20713 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20714 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20716 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20717 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20718 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20719 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20720 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20721 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20722 file name.
20724 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20726 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20727 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20729 \(fn)" t nil)
20731 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20732 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20734 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20735 right.
20736 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20737 bottom.
20739 \(fn)" t nil)
20741 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20742 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20744 \(fn)" t nil)
20746 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20747 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20749 \(fn)" t nil)
20751 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20752 Toggle printing with faces.
20754 \(fn)" t nil)
20756 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20757 Toggle spooling.
20759 \(fn)" t nil)
20761 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20762 Toggle duplex.
20764 \(fn)" t nil)
20766 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20767 Toggle tumble.
20769 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20770 right.
20771 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20772 bottom.
20774 \(fn)" t nil)
20776 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20777 Toggle landscape.
20779 \(fn)" t nil)
20781 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20782 Toggle upside-down.
20784 \(fn)" t nil)
20786 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20787 Toggle line number.
20789 \(fn)" t nil)
20791 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20792 Toggle zebra stripes.
20794 \(fn)" t nil)
20796 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20797 Toggle printing header.
20799 \(fn)" t nil)
20801 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20802 Toggle printing header frame.
20804 \(fn)" t nil)
20806 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20807 Toggle menu lock.
20809 \(fn)" t nil)
20811 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20812 Toggle auto region.
20814 \(fn)" t nil)
20816 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20817 Toggle auto mode.
20819 \(fn)" t nil)
20821 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20822 Customization of the `printing' group.
20824 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20826 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20827 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20829 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20831 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20832 Help for the printing package.
20834 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20836 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20837 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20839 \(fn)" t nil)
20841 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20842 Interactively select a text printer.
20844 \(fn)" t nil)
20846 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20847 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20849 \(fn)" t nil)
20851 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20852 Show current ps-print settings.
20854 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20856 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20857 Show current printing settings.
20859 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20861 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20862 Show current lpr settings.
20864 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20866 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20867 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20869 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20870 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20871 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20872 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20875 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20877 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20878 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20879 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20881 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20882 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20883 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20884 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20885 current active printer.
20887 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20888 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20889 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20890 printer.
20892 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20893 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20894 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20895 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20896 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20899 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20900 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20902 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20904 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20905 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20906 be done using the new current active printer.
20908 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20909 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20910 printer.
20912 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20913 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
20914 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
20915 instead of sending it to the printer.
20917 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
20918 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20919 printer.
20921 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
20924 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20925 are both set to t.
20927 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
20929 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20930 Fast fire function for text printing.
20932 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20933 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20934 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20935 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
20937 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20938 user for a new active text printer.
20940 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
20942 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
20944 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
20945 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20946 printer.
20948 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
20950 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20951 are both set to t.
20953 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
20955 ;;;***
20957 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
20958 ;;;;;; (17665 30176))
20959 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
20961 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
20962 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
20963 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
20964 Commands:
20965 \\{prolog-mode-map}
20966 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
20967 if that value is non-nil.
20969 \(fn)" t nil)
20971 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
20973 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
20974 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
20975 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
20977 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
20979 ;;;***
20981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17504 41540))
20982 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
20984 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
20985 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
20986 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
20988 ;;;***
20990 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17504
20991 ;;;;;; 41540))
20992 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
20994 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
20995 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
20997 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
20999 The following variables hold user options, and can
21000 be set through the `customize' command:
21002 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21003 `ps-mode-tab'
21004 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21005 `ps-mode-print-function'
21006 `ps-run-prompt'
21007 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21008 `ps-run-x'
21009 `ps-run-dumb'
21010 `ps-run-init'
21011 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21012 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21014 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21017 \\{ps-mode-map}
21020 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21021 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21022 The keymap for this second window is:
21024 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21027 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21028 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21029 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21030 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21031 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21033 \(fn)" t nil)
21035 ;;;***
21037 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21038 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21039 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21040 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17504 41540))
21041 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21043 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21044 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21046 Valid values are:
21048 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21049 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21050 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21051 changed by setting the variable
21052 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21053 The initial value of this variable is
21054 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21055 documentation).
21057 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21058 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21059 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21060 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21061 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21062 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21063 test it.
21065 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21066 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21067 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21068 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21069 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21070 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21071 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21072 use this value, be sure to have installed
21073 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21074 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21075 documentation of this variable).
21077 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21078 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21079 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21080 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21081 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21082 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21084 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21086 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21088 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21089 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21090 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21092 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21094 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21095 Not documented
21097 \(fn)" nil nil)
21099 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21100 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21102 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21104 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21106 Returns the value:
21108 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21110 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21111 the sequence.
21113 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21115 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21116 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21118 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21119 composition.
21121 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21123 Returns the value:
21125 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21127 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21128 the sequence.
21130 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21132 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21133 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21135 \(fn)" nil nil)
21137 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21138 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21139 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21141 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21143 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21144 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21145 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21147 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21149 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21150 Not documented
21152 \(fn)" nil nil)
21154 ;;;***
21156 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21157 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21158 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21159 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21160 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21161 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17686
21162 ;;;;;; 35929))
21163 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21165 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21166 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21167 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21169 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21171 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21172 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21173 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21174 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21176 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21178 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21179 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21181 Valid values are:
21183 nil Do not print colors.
21185 t Print colors.
21187 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21188 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21190 Any other value is treated as t.")
21192 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21194 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21195 Customization of ps-print group.
21197 \(fn)" t nil)
21199 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21200 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21202 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21203 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21204 sending it to the printer.
21206 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21207 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21208 image in a file with that name.
21210 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21212 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21213 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21214 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21215 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21216 so it has a way to determine color values.
21218 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21220 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21221 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21222 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21224 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21226 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21227 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21228 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21229 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21230 so it has a way to determine color values.
21232 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21234 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21235 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21236 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21237 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21239 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21241 \(fn)" t nil)
21243 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21244 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21245 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21246 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21247 so it has a way to determine color values.
21249 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21251 \(fn)" t nil)
21253 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21254 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21255 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21257 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21259 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21261 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21262 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21263 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21264 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21265 so it has a way to determine color values.
21267 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21269 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21271 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21272 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21274 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21275 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21276 instead of sending it to the printer.
21278 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21279 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21280 image in a file with that name.
21282 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21284 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21285 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21286 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21287 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21288 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21290 \(fn)" t nil)
21292 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21293 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21294 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21296 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21298 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21299 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21300 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21302 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21304 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21305 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21307 \(fn)" nil nil)
21309 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21310 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21312 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21313 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21315 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21316 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21318 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21320 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21322 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21324 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21325 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21327 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21328 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21330 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21331 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21333 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21335 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21337 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21339 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21340 foreground and background colors respectively.
21342 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21343 bold - use bold font.
21344 italic - use italic font.
21345 underline - put a line under text.
21346 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21347 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21348 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21349 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21350 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21352 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21354 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21356 ;;;***
21358 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21359 ;;;;;; (17759 28873))
21360 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21362 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21364 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21366 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21368 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21369 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21370 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21371 buffer automatically.
21373 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21374 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21375 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21376 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21377 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21378 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21379 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21381 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21382 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21383 buffer for a list of commands.)
21385 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21387 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21388 Major mode for editing Python files.
21389 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21390 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21391 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21392 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21394 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21395 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21396 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21397 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21398 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21399 \\<python-mode-map>
21400 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21401 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21402 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21403 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21404 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21405 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21407 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21408 effect outside them.
21410 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21411 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21412 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21413 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21414 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21415 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21416 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21417 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21418 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21420 \\{python-mode-map}
21422 \(fn)" t nil)
21424 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21425 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21426 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21427 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21429 \(fn)" t nil)
21431 ;;;***
21433 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21434 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
21435 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21437 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21438 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21439 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21440 coding-system.
21442 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21443 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21445 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21446 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21447 them into characters should be done separately.
21449 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21451 ;;;***
21453 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21454 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21455 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21456 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21457 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17660 47810))
21458 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21460 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21461 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21463 \(fn)" nil nil)
21465 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21466 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21467 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21469 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21470 `quail-activate', which see.
21472 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21474 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21475 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21476 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21477 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21478 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21479 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21480 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21482 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21483 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21484 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21485 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21486 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21487 shown.
21488 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21490 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21491 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21492 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21493 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21494 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21495 list of candidates.
21497 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21498 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21499 command to be called.
21501 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21502 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21503 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21504 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21506 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21507 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21508 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21509 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21510 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21511 to t.
21513 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21514 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21515 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21516 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21518 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21519 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21520 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21521 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21523 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21524 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21525 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21526 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21527 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21528 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21530 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21531 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21532 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21533 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21534 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21535 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21537 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21538 covers Quail translation region.
21540 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21541 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21542 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21543 for it) is inserted.
21545 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21546 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21547 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21549 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21550 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21551 non-Quail commands.
21553 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21555 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21556 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21558 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21559 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21560 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21561 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21562 you type is correctly handled.
21564 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21566 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21567 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21569 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21570 keyboard type.
21572 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21574 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21575 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21576 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21577 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21578 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21579 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21580 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21581 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21582 for the translation.
21583 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21585 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21586 it is used to handle KEY.
21588 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21589 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21590 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21591 the following annotation types are supported.
21593 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21594 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21596 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21597 candidate list.
21599 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21600 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21601 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21602 inserted.
21604 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21605 generated for the following translations.
21607 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21609 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21610 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21612 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21613 which to install MAP.
21615 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21617 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21619 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21620 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21622 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21623 which to install MAP.
21625 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21627 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21629 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21630 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21631 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21632 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21633 a function, or a cons.
21634 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21635 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21636 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21637 for the translation.
21638 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21639 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21640 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21641 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21642 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21644 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21645 it is used to handle KEY.
21647 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21648 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21649 current Quail package.
21651 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21652 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21654 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21656 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21657 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21659 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21660 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21662 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21664 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21665 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21667 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21669 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21670 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21671 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21672 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21673 of the Emacs source tree.
21675 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21676 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21678 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21679 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21680 of each directory.
21682 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21684 ;;;***
21686 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21687 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21688 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17504
21689 ;;;;;; 41540))
21690 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21692 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21693 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21694 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21695 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21697 To make use of this do something like:
21699 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21701 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21703 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21704 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21706 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21707 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21708 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21710 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21712 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21713 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21715 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21717 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21718 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21720 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21721 is decided.
21723 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21725 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21726 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21728 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21729 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21730 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21732 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21734 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21735 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21737 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21739 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21740 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21742 \(fn)" t nil)
21744 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21745 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21747 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21749 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21751 \(fn)" t nil)
21753 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21754 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21756 \(fn)" t nil)
21758 ;;;***
21760 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21761 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17672 28071))
21762 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21764 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21765 Connect to IRC.
21766 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
21768 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21770 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21772 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
21773 Not documented
21775 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21777 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21778 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21779 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21780 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21781 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21782 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21784 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
21786 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
21787 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21791 ;;;***
21793 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17578
21794 ;;;;;; 29458))
21795 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21797 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21798 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21799 See \\[compile].
21801 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21803 ;;;***
21805 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21806 ;;;;;; (17759 28868))
21807 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21809 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21811 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21812 Construct a regexp interactively.
21814 \(fn)" t nil)
21816 ;;;***
21818 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17718 30636))
21819 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21821 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21822 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21823 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21824 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21825 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21826 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
21828 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
21830 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21831 Toggle recentf mode.
21832 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21833 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21835 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21836 that were operated on recently.
21838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21840 ;;;***
21842 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21843 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21844 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21845 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17639
21846 ;;;;;; 6256))
21847 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21849 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21850 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21851 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21852 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21854 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21856 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21858 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21859 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21860 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21861 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21862 ends.
21864 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21865 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21866 to be deleted.
21868 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21870 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21871 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21872 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21874 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21875 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21876 deleted.
21878 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21880 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21881 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21882 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21884 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
21886 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
21887 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
21889 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21890 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21892 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21893 deleted.
21895 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
21896 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
21897 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
21898 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
21899 even beep.)
21901 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21903 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21904 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21906 \(fn)" t nil)
21908 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21909 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21910 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21911 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21912 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21913 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21914 and point is at the lower right corner.
21916 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21918 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21919 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21921 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21922 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21924 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21925 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21926 on the right side of the rectangle.
21928 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21930 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
21932 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
21933 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
21934 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
21935 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
21936 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
21938 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21939 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
21941 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21943 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
21944 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
21945 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
21947 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
21949 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21951 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
21953 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21954 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21956 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21957 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
21958 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
21960 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21962 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
21963 Blank out the region-rectangle.
21964 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
21966 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21967 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
21968 rectangle which were empty.
21970 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21972 ;;;***
21974 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17504
21975 ;;;;;; 41540))
21976 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
21978 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
21979 Toggle Refill minor mode.
21980 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
21982 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
21983 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
21984 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
21986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21988 ;;;***
21990 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
21991 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17504 41540))
21992 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
21994 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
21995 Turn on RefTeX mode.
21997 \(fn)" nil nil)
21999 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22000 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22002 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22003 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22005 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22006 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22007 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22008 \\ref macro.
22010 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22011 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22012 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22014 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22015 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22016 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22018 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22019 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22021 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22022 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22024 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22025 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22026 on the menu bar.
22028 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22032 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22033 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22034 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22036 \(fn)" nil nil)
22038 ;;;***
22040 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22041 ;;;;;; (17746 34863))
22042 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22044 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22045 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22046 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22047 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22048 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22049 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22051 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22053 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22055 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22056 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22057 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22058 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22059 `reftex-cite-format'.
22061 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22062 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22063 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22064 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22066 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22068 ;;;***
22070 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22071 ;;;;;; (17712 1062))
22072 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22074 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22075 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22076 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22077 the current TeX document.
22079 With no argument, this command toggles
22080 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22081 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22085 ;;;***
22087 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22088 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
22089 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22091 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22092 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22093 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22095 To insert new phrases, use
22096 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22097 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22099 To index phrases use one of:
22101 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22102 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22103 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22104 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22105 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22107 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22108 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22110 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22112 Here are all local bindings.
22114 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22116 \(fn)" t nil)
22118 ;;;***
22120 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22121 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
22122 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22124 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22125 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22126 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22127 of master file.
22129 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22131 ;;;***
22133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17704
22134 ;;;;;; 3967))
22135 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22136 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22137 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22138 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22139 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22141 ;;;***
22143 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22144 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
22145 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22147 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22148 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
22149 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22150 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22151 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22152 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22154 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22155 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22157 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22158 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22160 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22162 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22163 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22164 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22165 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22167 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22169 ;;;***
22171 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17504 41540))
22172 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22174 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22175 Repeat most recently executed command.
22176 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22177 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22178 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22180 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22181 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22182 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22184 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22186 ;;;***
22188 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22189 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
22190 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22192 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22193 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22195 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22196 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22197 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22198 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22199 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22200 and point is left after the salutation.
22202 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22203 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22204 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22205 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22206 left after that text.
22208 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22209 is non-nil.
22211 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22212 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22213 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22214 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22216 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22218 ;;;***
22220 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22221 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
22222 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22224 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22225 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22226 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22227 visibility of comments that precede it.
22228 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22229 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22230 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22231 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22232 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22233 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22234 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22235 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22236 the comment lines.
22237 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22238 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22239 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22240 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22241 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22244 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22246 ;;;***
22248 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17746
22249 ;;;;;; 34861))
22250 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22252 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22253 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22255 \(fn)" nil nil)
22257 ;;;***
22259 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22260 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
22261 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22263 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22264 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22265 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22267 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22268 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22269 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22273 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22274 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22275 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22276 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22277 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22278 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22280 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22282 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22283 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22284 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22286 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22287 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22288 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22292 ;;;***
22294 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22295 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
22296 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22298 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22299 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22301 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22303 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22304 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22306 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22308 ;;;***
22310 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17504 41540))
22311 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22312 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22314 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22315 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22316 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22317 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22319 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22321 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22322 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22323 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22324 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22326 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22327 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22329 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22330 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22332 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22333 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22334 INPUT-ARGS.
22336 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22337 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22338 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22339 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22340 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22342 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22343 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22344 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22345 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22347 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22348 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22349 variable.
22351 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22353 ;;;***
22355 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22356 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22357 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22358 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22359 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22360 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22361 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17746
22362 ;;;;;; 34862))
22363 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22365 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22366 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22367 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22369 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22371 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22372 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22373 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22374 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22376 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22378 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22379 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22380 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22381 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22382 value is the user's email address and name.)
22383 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22385 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22386 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22387 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22388 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22389 which normally happens once for each message,
22390 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22391 To make a change in this variable take effect
22392 for a message that you have already viewed,
22393 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22395 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22397 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22398 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22399 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22400 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22402 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22404 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22405 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22407 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22409 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22410 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22411 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22412 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22414 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22416 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22417 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22419 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22421 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22422 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22424 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22426 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22427 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22428 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22429 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22430 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22432 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22434 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22435 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22436 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22437 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22439 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22441 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22442 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22444 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22446 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22447 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22449 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22451 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22452 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22454 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22456 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22457 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22459 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22460 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22462 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22463 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22465 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22467 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22468 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22470 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22471 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22472 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22473 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22475 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22476 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22478 This is set to nil by default.")
22480 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22481 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22482 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22483 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22484 until a user explicitly requires it.
22486 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22487 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22488 in your session.")
22490 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22492 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22493 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22494 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22495 It is called with no argument.")
22497 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22498 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22499 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22500 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22501 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22502 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22503 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22505 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22506 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22507 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22508 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22509 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22510 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22512 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22513 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22514 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22515 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22516 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22518 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22519 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22520 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22521 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22522 MSG is the message number,
22523 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22524 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22526 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22527 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22528 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22529 this feature is required with `require'.
22531 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22532 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22534 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22535 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22536 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22537 the message is decoded as normal way.
22539 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22540 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22541 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22543 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22544 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22545 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22547 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22548 Read and edit incoming mail.
22549 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22550 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22551 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22553 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22554 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22555 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22556 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22558 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22560 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22562 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22563 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22564 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22565 Instead, these commands are available:
22567 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22568 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22569 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22570 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22571 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22572 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22573 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22574 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22575 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22576 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22577 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22578 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22579 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22580 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22581 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22582 till a deleted message is found.
22583 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22584 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22585 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22586 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22587 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22588 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22589 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22590 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22591 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22592 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22593 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22594 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22595 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22596 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22597 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22598 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22599 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22600 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22601 (label defaults to last one specified).
22602 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22603 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22604 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22605 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22606 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22607 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22608 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22609 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22610 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22612 \(fn)" t nil)
22614 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22615 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22617 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22619 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22620 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22622 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22624 ;;;***
22626 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22627 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
22628 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22630 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22631 Edit the contents of this message.
22633 \(fn)" t nil)
22635 ;;;***
22637 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22638 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22639 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17504 41540))
22640 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22642 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22643 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22644 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22646 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22648 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22649 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22650 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22652 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22654 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22655 Not documented
22657 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22659 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22660 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22661 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22662 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22663 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22665 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22667 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22668 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22669 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22670 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22671 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22673 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22675 ;;;***
22677 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22678 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
22679 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22681 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22682 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22683 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22684 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22686 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22688 ;;;***
22690 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22691 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22692 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17759 28870))
22693 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22695 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22696 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22697 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22698 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22699 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22700 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22701 a file name as a string.")
22703 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
22705 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22706 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22707 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22708 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22709 buffer visiting that file.
22710 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22711 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22713 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22714 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22716 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22717 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22719 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22720 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22722 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22724 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22725 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22727 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
22729 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22730 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22731 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22732 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22733 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22735 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22736 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22737 will be appended with their original headers.
22739 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22740 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22742 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22743 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22745 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22747 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22749 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22750 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22751 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22753 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22755 ;;;***
22757 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22758 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22759 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17504
22760 ;;;;;; 41540))
22761 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22763 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22764 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22765 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22767 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22769 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22770 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22771 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22773 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22775 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22776 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22777 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22779 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22781 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22782 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22783 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22785 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22787 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22788 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22789 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22791 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22793 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22794 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22795 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22797 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22799 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22800 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22801 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22802 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22804 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22806 ;;;***
22808 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22809 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22810 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22811 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22812 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17504 41540))
22813 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22815 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22816 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22818 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
22820 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22821 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22823 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
22825 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22826 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22828 \(fn)" t nil)
22830 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22831 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22832 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22834 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22836 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22837 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22838 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22839 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22840 only look in the To and From fields.
22841 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22843 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22845 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22846 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22847 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22848 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22849 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22851 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22853 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22854 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22855 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22856 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22857 look in the whole message.
22858 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22860 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22862 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22863 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22864 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22866 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22868 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22869 *Function to decode summary-line.
22871 By default, `identity' is set.")
22873 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
22875 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22876 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22877 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22878 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22879 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22880 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22881 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22883 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22884 sent by you under different user names.
22885 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22887 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22889 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
22891 ;;;***
22893 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22894 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17504 41540))
22895 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22897 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
22898 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22900 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22902 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22903 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
22905 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22907 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22908 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22910 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22912 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22913 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
22914 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22916 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22917 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22918 in rot 13.
22920 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22922 \(fn)" t nil)
22924 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
22925 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
22927 \(fn)" t nil)
22929 ;;;***
22931 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17746
22932 ;;;;;; 34861))
22933 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
22935 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
22936 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
22938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22940 ;;;***
22942 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17504
22943 ;;;;;; 41540))
22944 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
22946 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
22947 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
22948 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
22949 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
22951 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
22953 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
22954 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
22955 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
22956 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
22958 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
22959 notation.
22961 STRING
22962 matches string STRING literally.
22964 CHAR
22965 matches character CHAR literally.
22967 `not-newline', `nonl'
22968 matches any character except a newline.
22970 `anything'
22971 matches any character
22973 `(any SET ...)'
22974 `(in SET ...)'
22975 `(char SET ...)'
22976 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
22977 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
22978 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
22980 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
22981 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
22982 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
22983 `word', or one of their synonyms.
22985 `(not (any SET ...))'
22986 matches any character not in SET ...
22988 `line-start', `bol'
22989 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
22990 in the text being matched
22992 `line-end', `eol'
22993 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
22995 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
22996 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
22997 string being matched against.
22999 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23000 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23001 string being matched against.
23003 `buffer-start'
23004 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23005 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23007 `buffer-end'
23008 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23009 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23011 `point'
23012 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23014 `word-start', `bow'
23015 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23016 word.
23018 `word-end', `eow'
23019 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23021 `word-boundary'
23022 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23023 word.
23025 `(not word-boundary)'
23026 `not-word-boundary'
23027 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23028 word.
23030 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23031 matches 0 through 9.
23033 `control', `cntrl'
23034 matches ASCII control characters.
23036 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23037 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23039 `blank'
23040 matches space and tab only.
23042 `graphic', `graph'
23043 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23044 space, and DEL.
23046 `printing', `print'
23047 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23048 and DEL.
23050 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23051 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23052 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23054 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23055 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23056 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23058 `ascii'
23059 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23061 `nonascii'
23062 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23064 `lower', `lower-case'
23065 matches anything lower-case.
23067 `upper', `upper-case'
23068 matches anything upper-case.
23070 `punctuation', `punct'
23071 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23072 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23074 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23075 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23077 `word', `wordchar'
23078 matches anything that has word syntax.
23080 `not-wordchar'
23081 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23083 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23084 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23085 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23086 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23088 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23089 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23090 `word' (\\sw)
23091 `symbol' (\\s_)
23092 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23093 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23094 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23095 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23096 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23097 `escape' (\\s\\)
23098 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23099 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23100 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23101 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23102 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23104 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23105 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23107 `(category CATEGORY)'
23108 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23109 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23111 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23112 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23113 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23114 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23115 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23116 `symbol' (\\c5)
23117 `digit' (\\c6)
23118 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23119 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23120 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23121 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23122 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23123 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23124 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23125 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23126 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23127 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23128 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23129 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23130 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23131 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23132 `ascii' (\\ca)
23133 `arabic' (\\cb)
23134 `chinese' (\\cc)
23135 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23136 `greek' (\\cg)
23137 `korean' (\\ch)
23138 `indian' (\\ci)
23139 `japanese' (\\cj)
23140 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23141 `latin' (\\cl)
23142 `lao' (\\co)
23143 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23144 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23145 `thai' (\\ct)
23146 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23147 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23148 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23149 `can-break' (\\c|)
23151 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23152 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23154 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23155 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23156 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23157 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23158 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23160 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23161 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23162 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23163 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23165 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23166 another name for `submatch'.
23168 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23169 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23170 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23171 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23172 regular expression.
23174 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23175 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23176 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23177 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23178 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23180 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23181 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23183 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23184 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23186 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23187 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23188 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23190 `(* SEXP ...)'
23191 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23192 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23194 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23195 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23196 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23198 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23199 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23200 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23202 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23203 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23205 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23206 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23208 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23209 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23210 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23211 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23213 `(? SEXP ...)'
23214 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23216 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23217 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23219 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23220 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23221 matches N occurrences.
23223 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23224 matches N or more occurrences.
23226 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23227 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23228 matches N to M occurrences.
23230 `(backref N)'
23231 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23233 `(backref N)'
23234 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23236 `(backref N)'
23237 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23239 `(eval FORM)'
23240 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23241 `regexp-quote' it.
23243 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23244 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23246 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23248 ;;;***
23250 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23251 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
23252 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23254 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23255 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23256 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23257 interface.")
23259 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23261 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23262 Toggle savehist-mode.
23263 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23264 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23265 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23266 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23268 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23269 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23270 which is probably undesirable.
23272 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23274 ;;;***
23276 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23277 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
23278 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23280 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23281 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23282 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23284 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23285 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23286 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23287 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23288 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23289 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23290 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23291 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23293 Commands:
23294 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23295 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23296 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23297 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23298 if that value is non-nil.
23300 \(fn)" t nil)
23302 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23303 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23304 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23306 Commands:
23307 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23308 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23309 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23310 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23311 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23312 that variable's value is a string.
23314 \(fn)" t nil)
23316 ;;;***
23318 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23319 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
23320 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23322 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23323 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23324 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23326 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23328 \(fn)" t nil)
23330 ;;;***
23332 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23333 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
23334 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23336 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23337 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23338 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23339 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23340 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23341 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23343 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23345 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23346 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23347 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23348 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23349 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23353 ;;;***
23355 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23356 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
23357 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23359 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23360 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23361 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23362 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23363 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23364 during scrolling.
23366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23368 ;;;***
23370 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23371 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23372 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23373 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23374 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23375 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23376 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23377 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23378 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17660 47811))
23379 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23381 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23382 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23384 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23385 king@grassland.com
23386 If `parens', they look like:
23387 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23388 If `angles', they look like:
23389 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23390 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23391 derived from the envelope-from address.
23393 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23394 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23395 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23396 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23398 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23400 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23401 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23402 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23403 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23405 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23406 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23407 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23408 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23410 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23412 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23413 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23414 This is done when the message is initialized,
23415 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23417 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23419 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23420 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23421 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23423 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23425 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23427 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23428 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23429 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23430 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23431 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23432 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23433 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23435 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23437 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23438 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23440 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23442 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23443 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23444 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23446 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23448 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23449 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23450 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23451 when you first send mail.")
23453 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23455 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23456 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23457 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23458 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23459 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23461 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23463 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23464 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23465 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23466 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23467 This file need not actually exist.")
23469 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23471 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23472 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23473 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23475 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23477 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23478 Alist of mail address aliases,
23479 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23480 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23481 can specify a different file name.)
23482 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23483 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23485 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23486 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23487 nil means use indentation.")
23489 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23491 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23492 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23493 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23495 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23497 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23498 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23499 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23500 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23501 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23502 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23503 in the cited portion of the message.
23505 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23506 instead of no action.")
23508 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23510 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23511 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23512 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23513 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23514 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23516 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23518 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23519 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23520 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23521 If a string, that string is inserted.
23522 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23523 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23524 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23525 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23527 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23529 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23530 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23532 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23534 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23535 Directory for mail buffers.
23536 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23537 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23539 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23541 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23542 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23543 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23544 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23546 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23548 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23549 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23550 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23551 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23552 is non-nil.")
23554 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23556 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23557 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23558 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23559 `query' means ask the user each time.
23560 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23561 The default is `mime'.
23562 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23563 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23565 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23567 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23568 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23569 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23571 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23572 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23574 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23575 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23576 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23577 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23578 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23579 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23580 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23581 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23582 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23583 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23584 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23585 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23586 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23588 \(fn)" t nil)
23590 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23591 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23593 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23594 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23596 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23598 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23599 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23600 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23601 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23602 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23603 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23605 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23606 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23607 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23609 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23610 User should not set this variable manually,
23611 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23612 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23613 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23614 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23616 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23617 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23618 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23619 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23621 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23622 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23624 \\<mail-mode-map>
23625 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23627 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23628 to move to message header fields:
23629 \\{mail-mode-map}
23631 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23632 when the message is initialized.
23634 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23635 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23637 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23638 is inserted.
23640 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23641 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23643 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23644 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23645 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23646 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23647 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23648 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23649 buffer without erasing the contents.
23651 The second through fifth arguments,
23652 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23653 the initial contents of those header fields.
23654 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23655 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23656 original message being replied to, or else an action
23657 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23658 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23659 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23660 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23661 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23662 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23664 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23666 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23667 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23669 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23671 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23672 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23674 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23676 ;;;***
23678 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23679 ;;;;;; (17759 28868))
23680 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23682 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23683 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23684 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23685 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23686 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23687 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23689 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23691 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23693 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23694 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23695 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23696 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23697 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23698 or call the function `server-mode'.")
23700 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
23702 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23703 Toggle Server mode.
23704 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23705 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23706 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23710 ;;;***
23712 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17759 28868))
23713 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23715 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23716 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23717 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
23719 Key definitions:
23720 \\{ses-mode-map}
23721 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23722 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23723 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23724 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23726 \(fn)" t nil)
23728 ;;;***
23730 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23731 ;;;;;; (17522 22309))
23732 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23734 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23735 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23736 Makes > match <.
23737 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23738 `sgml-quick-keys'.
23740 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23741 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23742 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23744 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
23745 in your `.emacs' file.
23747 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23749 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23750 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23751 \\{sgml-mode-map}
23753 \(fn)" t nil)
23755 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23757 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23758 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23759 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23760 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23761 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23762 which this is based.
23764 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23766 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23767 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23768 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23769 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23771 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23772 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23773 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23775 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23776 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23777 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23778 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23780 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23781 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23782 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23783 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23785 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23787 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23788 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
23789 To work around that, do:
23790 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23792 \\{html-mode-map}
23794 \(fn)" t nil)
23796 ;;;***
23798 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23799 ;;;;;; (17710 3081))
23800 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23801 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
23803 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23804 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23805 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23806 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23807 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23808 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23810 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23811 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23812 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23813 shell-specific features.
23815 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23816 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23817 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23818 \\<sh-mode-map>
23819 \\[sh-case] case statement
23820 \\[sh-for] for loop
23821 \\[sh-function] function definition
23822 \\[sh-if] if statement
23823 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23824 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23825 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23826 \\[sh-select] select loop
23827 \\[sh-until] until loop
23828 \\[sh-while] while loop
23830 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23831 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23832 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23833 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23834 would indent to the way it currently is.
23835 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23836 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23839 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23840 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23841 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23842 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23843 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23844 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23846 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23847 {, (, [, ', \", `
23848 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23850 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23851 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23852 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23854 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23855 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23857 \(fn)" t nil)
23859 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23861 ;;;***
23863 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17504 41540))
23864 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23866 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23867 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23868 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23869 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23870 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23871 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23873 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
23875 ;;;***
23877 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
23878 ;;;;;; (17746 34861))
23879 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
23881 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
23882 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
23884 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
23885 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
23886 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
23887 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
23888 the earlier.
23890 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
23892 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
23894 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
23895 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
23896 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
23898 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
23899 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
23901 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
23902 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
23903 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
23904 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
23905 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
23906 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
23907 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
23908 Emacs version).
23910 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
23911 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
23912 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
23913 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
23914 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
23916 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
23917 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
23918 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
23920 \(fn)" t nil)
23922 ;;;***
23924 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
23925 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17746
23926 ;;;;;; 34861))
23927 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
23929 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
23930 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
23931 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
23932 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
23933 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
23934 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
23935 in the cluster.
23937 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
23939 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
23940 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
23941 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
23942 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
23943 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
23945 \(fn)" t nil)
23947 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
23948 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
23949 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
23950 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
23951 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
23952 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
23953 `shadow-define-cluster').
23955 \(fn)" t nil)
23957 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
23958 Set up file shadowing.
23960 \(fn)" t nil)
23962 ;;;***
23964 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
23965 ;;;;;; (17715 55645))
23966 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
23968 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
23969 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
23970 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
23971 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
23972 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
23973 arguments.")
23975 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
23977 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
23978 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
23979 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
23980 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
23981 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
23982 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
23983 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
23984 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
23985 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
23986 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
23987 discards input when it starts up.)
23988 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
23989 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
23990 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
23992 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23993 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23994 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23995 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
23996 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23997 `default-process-coding-system'.
23999 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24000 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24001 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24002 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24004 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24006 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24007 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24009 ;;;***
24011 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24012 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17504 41540))
24013 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24015 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24016 Not documented
24018 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24020 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24021 Not documented
24023 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24025 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24026 Not documented
24028 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24030 ;;;***
24032 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24033 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
24034 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24036 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24037 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24038 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24039 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24040 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24042 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24044 \(fn)" t nil)
24046 ;;;***
24048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17746 34861))
24049 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24050 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24052 ;;;***
24054 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17504
24055 ;;;;;; 41540))
24056 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24058 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24059 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24060 \\{simula-mode-map}
24061 Variables controlling indentation style:
24062 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24063 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24064 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24065 `simula-indent-level'
24066 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24067 `simula-substatement-offset'
24068 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24069 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24070 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24071 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24072 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24073 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24074 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24075 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24076 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24077 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24078 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24079 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24080 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24081 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24082 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24083 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24084 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24085 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24086 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24087 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24088 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24089 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24090 or nil if they should not be changed.
24091 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24092 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24093 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24094 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24096 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24097 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24099 \(fn)" t nil)
24101 ;;;***
24103 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24104 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17522 22308))
24105 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24107 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24108 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24110 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24111 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24112 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24113 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24115 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24117 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24118 Insert SKELETON.
24119 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24120 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24121 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24122 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24123 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24125 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24126 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24128 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24130 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24131 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24133 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24134 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24135 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24136 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24138 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24139 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24140 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24141 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24143 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24144 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24145 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24147 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24148 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24150 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24151 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24153 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24154 _ interesting point, interregion here
24155 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24156 interesting point set by _
24157 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24158 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24159 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24160 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24161 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24162 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24163 nil skipped
24165 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24166 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24168 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24169 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24170 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24171 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24172 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24173 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24174 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24175 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24177 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24178 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24179 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24180 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24181 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24182 available:
24184 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24185 then: insert previously read string once more
24186 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24187 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24188 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24190 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24191 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24193 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24195 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24196 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24198 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24199 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24200 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24201 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24202 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24203 such as backslash.
24205 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24206 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24207 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24209 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24211 ;;;***
24213 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24214 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
24215 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24217 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24218 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24219 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24220 buffer names.
24222 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24224 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24225 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24226 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24230 ;;;***
24232 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24233 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
24234 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24236 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24237 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24238 A list of images is returned.
24240 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24242 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24243 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24244 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24246 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24248 ;;;***
24250 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24251 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17718 30637))
24252 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24254 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24255 Not documented
24257 \(fn)" nil nil)
24259 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24260 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24262 \(fn)" t nil)
24264 ;;;***
24266 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17504 41540))
24267 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24269 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24270 Play the Snake game.
24271 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24273 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24275 Snake mode keybindings:
24276 \\<snake-mode-map>
24277 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24278 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24279 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24280 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24281 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24282 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24283 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24285 \(fn)" t nil)
24287 ;;;***
24289 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24290 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
24291 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24293 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24294 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24295 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24296 Tab indents for C code.
24297 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24298 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24299 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24300 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24301 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24303 \(fn)" t nil)
24305 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24306 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24307 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24308 Tab indents for C code.
24309 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24310 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24311 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24312 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24313 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24315 \(fn)" t nil)
24317 ;;;***
24319 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24320 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24321 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17504 41540))
24322 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24324 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24325 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24327 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24328 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24329 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24331 For example, the form
24333 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24334 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24336 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24338 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24340 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24341 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24343 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24344 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24345 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24346 York City.
24348 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24350 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24352 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24353 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24355 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24356 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24357 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24358 York City.
24360 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24362 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24364 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24365 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24366 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24367 pair.
24369 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24371 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24373 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24374 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24375 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24377 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24378 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24380 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24384 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24385 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24386 Requires floating point.
24388 \(fn)" nil nil)
24390 ;;;***
24392 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17504
24393 ;;;;;; 41540))
24394 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24396 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24397 Play Solitaire.
24399 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24400 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24401 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24402 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24403 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24404 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24405 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24406 check after each move or undo)
24408 What is Solitaire?
24410 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24411 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24412 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24414 Le Solitaire
24415 ============
24417 o o o
24419 o o o
24421 o o o o o o o
24423 o o o . o o o
24425 o o o o o o o
24427 o o o
24429 o o o
24431 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24432 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24433 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24434 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24436 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24437 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24438 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24439 this: o o .
24441 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24442 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24444 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24446 o o o
24448 . o o
24450 o o . o o o o
24452 o . o o o o o
24454 o o o o o o o
24456 o o o
24458 o o o
24460 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24462 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24464 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24466 ;;;***
24468 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24469 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24470 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17746 34861))
24471 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24473 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24474 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24476 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24477 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24478 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24479 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24480 contiguous.
24482 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24483 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24484 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24485 the sort order.
24487 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24488 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24490 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24491 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24492 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24493 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24494 is called.
24496 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24497 It should move point to the end of the record.
24499 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24500 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24501 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24502 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24503 starts at the beginning of the record.
24505 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24506 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24507 same as ENDRECFUN.
24509 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24510 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24512 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24514 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24515 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24516 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24517 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24518 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24519 the sort order.
24521 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24523 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24524 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24525 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24526 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24527 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24528 the sort order.
24530 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24532 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24533 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24534 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24535 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24536 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24537 the sort order.
24539 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24541 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24542 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24543 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24544 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24545 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24546 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24547 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24548 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24549 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24551 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24553 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24554 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24555 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24556 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24557 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24558 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24559 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24560 the sort order.
24562 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24564 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24565 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24566 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24567 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24568 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24569 is to be used for sorting.
24570 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24571 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24572 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24573 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24574 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24576 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24578 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24579 the sort order.
24581 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24582 starting with the letter \"f\",
24583 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24585 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24587 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24588 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24589 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24590 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24591 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24592 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24593 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24594 the sort order.
24596 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24597 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24598 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24599 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24600 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24602 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24604 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24605 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24606 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24608 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24610 ;;;***
24612 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17504
24613 ;;;;;; 41540))
24614 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24616 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24617 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24619 \(fn)" t nil)
24621 ;;;***
24623 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24624 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24625 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17504 41540))
24626 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24628 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24629 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24631 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24632 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24633 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24635 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24637 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24638 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24639 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24640 server.
24642 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24644 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24645 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24646 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24648 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24650 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24651 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24652 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24653 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24654 Agent is plugged.
24656 \(fn)" t nil)
24658 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24659 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24660 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24661 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24663 \(fn)" t nil)
24665 ;;;***
24667 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24668 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17746 34861))
24669 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24671 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24673 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24674 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24675 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24676 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24677 supported at a time.
24678 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24679 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24683 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24684 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24685 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24686 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24688 \(fn)" t nil)
24690 ;;;***
24692 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24693 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17504 41540))
24694 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24696 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24698 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24699 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24700 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24701 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24702 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24703 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24705 \(fn)" t nil)
24707 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24708 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24709 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24710 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24712 \(fn)" t nil)
24714 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24715 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24716 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24717 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24718 for example, \"word\".
24720 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24722 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24723 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24725 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24727 ;;;***
24729 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17504
24730 ;;;;;; 41540))
24731 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24733 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24734 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24736 \(fn)" t nil)
24738 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24739 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24741 \(fn)" nil nil)
24743 ;;;***
24745 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24746 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24747 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24748 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17504
24749 ;;;;;; 41540))
24750 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24752 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24753 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24755 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24756 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24757 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24758 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24759 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24760 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24761 of the current highlighting list.
24763 For example:
24765 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24766 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24768 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24769 `_t' as data types.
24771 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24773 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24774 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24776 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24777 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24779 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24781 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24782 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24783 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24785 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24787 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24788 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24789 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24790 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24791 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24792 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24793 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
24794 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24795 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24797 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24799 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24800 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24801 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24802 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24804 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24805 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24806 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24807 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24809 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24810 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24811 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24813 \(fn)" t nil)
24815 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24816 Major mode to edit SQL.
24818 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24819 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24820 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24822 \\{sql-mode-map}
24823 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24825 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24826 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24827 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24828 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24829 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24830 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24832 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24833 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24835 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24836 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24837 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24839 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24840 (lambda ()
24841 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24843 \(fn)" t nil)
24845 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24846 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24848 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24849 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24850 `*SQL*'.
24852 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24854 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24856 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24857 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24859 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24860 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24861 `*SQL*'.
24863 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24864 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24865 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24866 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24868 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24869 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24871 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24872 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24873 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24874 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24875 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24876 `default-process-coding-system'.
24878 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24880 \(fn)" t nil)
24882 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
24883 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
24885 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24886 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24887 `*SQL*'.
24889 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
24890 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
24891 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24892 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
24894 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24895 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24897 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24898 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24899 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24900 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24901 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24902 `default-process-coding-system'.
24904 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24906 \(fn)" t nil)
24908 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
24909 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
24911 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24912 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24913 `*SQL*'.
24915 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
24916 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24918 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24919 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24921 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24922 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24923 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24924 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24925 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24926 `default-process-coding-system'.
24928 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24930 \(fn)" t nil)
24932 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
24933 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
24935 SQLite is free software.
24937 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24938 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24939 `*SQL*'.
24941 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
24942 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24943 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24944 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
24946 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24947 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24949 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24950 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24951 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24952 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24953 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24954 `default-process-coding-system'.
24956 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24958 \(fn)" t nil)
24960 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
24961 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
24963 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
24965 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24966 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24967 `*SQL*'.
24969 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
24970 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24971 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24972 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
24974 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24975 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24977 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24978 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24979 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24980 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24981 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24982 `default-process-coding-system'.
24984 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24986 \(fn)" t nil)
24988 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
24989 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
24991 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24992 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24993 `*SQL*'.
24995 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
24996 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
24997 defaults, if set.
24999 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25000 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25002 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25003 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25004 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25005 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25006 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25007 `default-process-coding-system'.
25009 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25011 \(fn)" t nil)
25013 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25014 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25016 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25017 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25018 `*SQL*'.
25020 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25021 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25023 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25024 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25026 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25027 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25028 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25029 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25030 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25031 `default-process-coding-system'.
25033 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25035 \(fn)" t nil)
25037 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25038 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25040 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25041 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25042 `*SQL*'.
25044 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25045 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25046 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25047 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25049 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25050 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25052 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25053 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25054 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25055 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25056 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25057 `default-process-coding-system'.
25059 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25061 \(fn)" t nil)
25063 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25064 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25066 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25067 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25068 `*SQL*'.
25070 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25071 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25072 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25073 `sql-postgres-options'.
25075 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25076 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25078 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25079 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25080 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25081 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25082 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25083 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25084 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25085 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25087 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25088 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25090 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25092 \(fn)" t nil)
25094 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25095 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25097 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25098 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25099 `*SQL*'.
25101 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25102 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25103 defaults, if set.
25105 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25106 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25108 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25109 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25110 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25111 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25112 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25113 `default-process-coding-system'.
25115 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25117 \(fn)" t nil)
25119 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25120 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25122 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25123 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25124 `*SQL*'.
25126 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25127 automatic login.
25129 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25130 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25132 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25133 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25134 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25135 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25137 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25138 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25139 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25140 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25141 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25142 `default-process-coding-system'.
25144 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25146 \(fn)" t nil)
25148 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25149 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25151 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25152 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25153 `*SQL*'.
25155 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25156 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25157 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25158 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25159 parameters.
25161 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25162 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25163 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25164 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25165 an empty password.
25167 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25168 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25170 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25172 \(fn)" t nil)
25174 ;;;***
25176 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25177 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25178 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25179 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25180 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17704
25181 ;;;;;; 3962))
25182 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25184 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25185 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25186 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25187 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25188 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25189 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25191 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25193 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25195 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25196 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25197 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25198 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25199 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25200 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25201 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25203 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25205 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25206 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25207 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25208 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25209 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25210 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25211 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25213 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25215 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25216 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25217 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25219 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25221 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25222 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25223 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25225 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25227 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25228 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25230 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25232 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25233 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25235 \(fn)" t nil)
25237 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25238 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25240 \(fn)" t nil)
25242 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25243 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25244 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25245 chronologically by command name.
25246 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25248 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25250 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25251 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25252 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25253 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25254 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25255 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25257 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25259 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25260 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25261 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25262 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25263 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25264 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25265 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25267 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25268 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25269 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25270 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25272 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25276 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25277 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25278 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25279 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25281 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25283 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25284 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25286 \(fn)" t nil)
25288 ;;;***
25290 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25291 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17504 41540))
25292 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25294 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25295 Studlify-case the region.
25297 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25299 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25300 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25302 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25304 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25305 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25307 \(fn)" t nil)
25309 ;;;***
25311 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17759 28868))
25312 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25314 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25315 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25316 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25317 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25318 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25319 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25321 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25322 is used instead of `load-path'.
25324 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25325 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25326 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25328 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25330 ;;;***
25332 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25333 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
25334 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25336 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25337 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25338 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25339 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25340 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25341 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25342 original message but it does require a few things:
25344 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25346 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25347 reply buffer.
25349 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25350 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25351 original message.
25353 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25355 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25357 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25358 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25359 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25361 \(fn)" nil nil)
25363 ;;;***
25365 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17746 34861))
25366 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25368 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25369 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25370 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25371 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25372 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25373 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25375 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25377 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25378 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25379 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25381 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25385 ;;;***
25387 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17610 3931))
25388 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25390 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25391 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25392 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25393 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25394 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25396 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25398 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25399 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25400 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25401 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25402 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25403 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25404 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25406 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25408 ;;;***
25410 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25411 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25412 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25413 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25414 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25415 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25416 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25417 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25418 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25419 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25420 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25421 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25422 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17746 34863))
25423 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25425 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25426 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25427 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25429 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25431 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25432 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25434 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25436 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25437 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25439 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25441 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25442 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25444 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25446 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25447 Insert an editable text table.
25448 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25449 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25450 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25451 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25452 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25453 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25454 delimiting them.
25456 Examples:
25458 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25460 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25461 location of point.
25465 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25466 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25467 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25468 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25469 first cell.
25471 +-----+-----+-----+
25472 |-!- | | |
25473 +-----+-----+-----+
25475 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25477 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25478 width, which results as
25480 +--------------+-----+-----+
25481 |-!- | | |
25482 +--------------+-----+-----+
25484 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25485 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25487 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25488 | | |-!- |
25489 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25491 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25492 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25493 width information to `table-insert'.
25495 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25497 instead of
25499 Cell width(s): 5
25501 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25502 work all together.
25504 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25505 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25507 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25508 |-!- | | |
25509 | | | |
25510 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25512 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25514 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25515 |-!- | | |
25516 | | | |
25517 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25518 | | | |
25519 | | | |
25520 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25522 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25524 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25525 | | | |
25526 | | | |
25527 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25528 | | | |
25529 | | | |
25530 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25533 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25534 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25535 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25537 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25538 | | | |
25539 | | | |
25540 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25541 | | | |
25542 | | | |
25543 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25544 |-!- | | |
25545 | | | |
25546 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25548 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25549 results.
25551 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25552 | | | |
25553 | | | |
25554 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25555 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25556 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25557 | | |expected results.-!- |
25558 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25559 | | | |
25560 | | | |
25561 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25563 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25565 \\{table-cell-map}
25567 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25569 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25570 Insert N table row(s).
25571 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25572 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25573 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25574 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25576 \(fn N)" t nil)
25578 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25579 Insert N table column(s).
25580 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25581 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25582 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25583 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25585 \(fn N)" t nil)
25587 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25588 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25589 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25591 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25593 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25594 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25595 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25596 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25597 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25598 all the table specific features.
25600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25602 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25603 Not documented
25605 \(fn)" t nil)
25607 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25608 Recognize all tables within region.
25609 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25610 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25611 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25612 specific features.
25614 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25616 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25617 Not documented
25619 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25621 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25622 Recognize a table at point.
25623 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25624 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25625 the table specific features.
25627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25629 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25630 Not documented
25632 \(fn)" t nil)
25634 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25635 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25636 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25637 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25638 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25639 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25640 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25642 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25644 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25645 Not documented
25647 \(fn)" t nil)
25649 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25650 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25651 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25652 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25653 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25654 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25655 specified.
25657 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25659 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25660 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25661 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25662 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25663 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25664 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25665 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25666 table structure.
25668 \(fn N)" t nil)
25670 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25671 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25672 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25673 table's rectangle structure.
25675 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25677 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25678 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25679 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25680 table's rectangle structure.
25682 \(fn N)" t nil)
25684 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25685 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25686 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25687 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25688 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25690 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25692 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25693 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25694 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25696 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25697 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25698 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25699 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25700 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25701 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25702 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25704 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25705 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25706 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25707 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25708 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25709 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25710 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25712 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25713 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25714 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25715 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25716 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25717 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25718 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25719 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25721 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25723 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25724 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25725 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25726 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25730 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25731 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25732 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25734 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25736 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25737 Split current cell vertically.
25738 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25740 \(fn)" t nil)
25742 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25743 Split current cell horizontally.
25744 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25746 \(fn)" t nil)
25748 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25749 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25750 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25752 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25754 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25755 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25756 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25757 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25759 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25761 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25762 Justify cell contents.
25763 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25764 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25765 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25766 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25768 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25770 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25771 Justify cells of a row.
25772 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25773 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25775 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25777 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25778 Justify cells of a column.
25779 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25780 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25782 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25784 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25785 Toggle fixing width mode.
25786 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25787 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25788 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25790 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25792 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25793 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25794 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25795 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25796 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25797 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25798 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25799 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25800 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25801 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25802 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25804 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25806 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25807 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25808 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25809 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25810 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25811 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25812 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25813 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25814 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25815 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25816 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25817 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25818 untouched.
25820 References used for this implementation:
25822 HTML:
25823 http://www.w3.org
25825 LaTeX:
25826 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25828 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25829 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25830 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25832 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25834 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25835 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25836 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25837 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25838 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25839 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25840 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25841 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25842 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25843 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
25844 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
25845 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
25846 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
25847 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
25848 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
25849 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
25850 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
25852 Example:
25854 (progn
25855 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25856 (table-forward-cell 15)
25857 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25858 (table-forward-cell 16)
25859 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25860 (table-forward-cell 1)
25861 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25863 (progn
25864 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25865 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25866 (table-forward-cell 1)
25867 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25869 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25871 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25872 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25873 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25874 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25875 consists from cells of same height.
25877 \(fn N)" t nil)
25879 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
25880 Delete N column(s) of cells.
25881 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
25882 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
25883 column must consists from cells of same width.
25885 \(fn N)" t nil)
25887 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
25888 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
25889 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
25890 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
25891 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
25892 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
25893 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
25894 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
25895 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
25896 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
25897 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
25898 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
25899 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
25900 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
25901 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
25904 Example 1:
25906 1, 2, 3, 4
25907 5, 6, 7, 8
25908 , 9, 10
25910 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
25911 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
25912 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
25913 specified as 5.
25915 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25916 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
25917 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25918 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
25919 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25920 | | 9 | 10 | |
25921 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25923 Note:
25925 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
25926 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
25927 of each row is optional.
25930 Example 2:
25932 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
25933 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
25934 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
25935 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
25936 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
25938 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
25939 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
25941 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
25942 expression and raw delimiter regular
25943 expression, it parses the specified text
25944 area and extracts cell items from
25945 non-table text and then forms a table out
25946 of them.
25948 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
25949 creates a single cell table. The text in
25950 the specified region is placed in that
25951 cell.-*-
25953 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
25954 like this.
25956 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25957 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25958 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25960 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
25961 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
25962 | expression, it parses the specified text |
25963 | area and extracts cell items from |
25964 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
25965 | of them. |
25967 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
25968 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
25969 | the specified region is placed in that |
25970 | cell. |
25971 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25973 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
25974 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
25975 independently.
25977 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25978 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25979 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25980 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25981 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
25982 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
25983 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
25984 | |area and extracts cell items from |
25985 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
25986 | |of them. |
25987 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25988 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
25989 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
25990 | |the specified region is placed in that |
25991 | |cell. |
25992 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25994 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
25995 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
25996 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
25998 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26000 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26001 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26002 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26003 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26004 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26006 \(fn)" t nil)
26008 ;;;***
26010 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17504 41540))
26011 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26013 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26014 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26016 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26018 ;;;***
26020 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17527 7050))
26021 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26023 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26024 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26025 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26026 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26027 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26028 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26029 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26031 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26032 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26033 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26034 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26036 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26037 \\{tar-mode-map}
26039 \(fn)" t nil)
26041 ;;;***
26043 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26044 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17504 41540))
26045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26047 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26048 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26049 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26050 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26051 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26052 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26054 Variables controlling indentation style:
26055 `tcl-indent-level'
26056 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26057 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26058 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26060 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26061 documentation for details):
26062 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26063 Controls action of TAB key.
26064 `tcl-auto-newline'
26065 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26066 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26067 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26068 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26069 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26071 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26072 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26073 already exist.
26075 Commands:
26076 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26078 \(fn)" t nil)
26080 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26081 Run inferior Tcl process.
26082 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26083 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26085 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26087 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26088 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26089 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26091 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26093 ;;;***
26095 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17504 41540))
26096 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26097 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26099 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26100 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26101 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26102 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26104 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26105 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26106 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26107 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26108 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26110 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26111 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26113 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26114 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26115 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26116 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26118 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26120 ;;;***
26122 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17566
26123 ;;;;;; 60306))
26124 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26126 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26127 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26128 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26129 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26130 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26131 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26133 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26135 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26136 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26137 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26138 commands to use in that buffer.
26140 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26142 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26144 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26145 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26147 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26149 ;;;***
26151 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17746
26152 ;;;;;; 34861))
26153 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26155 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26156 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26157 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26158 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26159 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26160 program as keyboard input.
26162 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26163 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26164 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26165 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26167 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26168 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26169 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26170 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26171 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26173 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26175 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26176 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26177 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26178 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26180 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26181 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26182 subprocess started.
26184 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26186 ;;;***
26188 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26189 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
26190 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26192 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26193 Start coverage on function under point.
26195 \(fn)" t nil)
26197 ;;;***
26199 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17504 41540))
26200 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26202 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26203 Play the Tetris game.
26204 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26205 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26206 as to form complete rows.
26208 tetris-mode keybindings:
26209 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26210 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26211 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26212 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26213 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26214 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26215 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26216 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26217 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26219 \(fn)" t nil)
26221 ;;;***
26223 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26224 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26225 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26226 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26227 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26228 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26229 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26230 ;;;;;; (17566 60308))
26231 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26233 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26234 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26236 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26238 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26239 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26240 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26241 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26242 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26244 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26246 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26247 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26248 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26249 if it matches the first line of the file,
26250 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26252 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26254 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26255 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26256 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26257 if the variable is non-nil.")
26259 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26261 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26262 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26264 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26266 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26267 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26268 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26269 See the documentation of that variable.")
26271 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26273 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26274 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26275 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26276 See the documentation of that variable.")
26278 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26280 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26281 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26282 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26283 See the documentation of that variable.")
26285 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26287 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26288 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26289 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26290 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26291 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26293 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26295 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26296 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26297 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26298 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26300 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26302 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26303 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26304 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26306 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26308 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26309 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26310 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26311 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26313 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26315 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26316 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26317 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26318 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26320 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26322 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26323 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26324 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26325 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26327 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26328 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26329 for example,
26331 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26332 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26334 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26335 use.")
26337 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26339 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26340 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26341 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26342 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26343 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26345 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26347 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26349 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26350 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26351 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26353 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26355 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26356 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26357 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26358 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26359 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26361 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26363 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26364 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26366 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26368 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26369 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26371 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26373 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26374 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26375 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26376 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26377 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26378 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26379 says which mode to use.
26381 \(fn)" t nil)
26383 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26385 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26387 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26389 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26390 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26391 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26392 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26393 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26395 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26396 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26397 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26398 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26399 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26400 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26401 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26403 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26404 mismatched $'s or braces.
26406 Special commands:
26407 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26409 Mode variables:
26410 tex-run-command
26411 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26412 tex-directory
26413 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26414 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26415 tex-dvi-print-command
26416 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26417 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26418 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26419 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26420 tex-dvi-view-command
26421 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26422 tex-show-queue-command
26423 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26424 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26426 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26427 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26428 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26430 \(fn)" t nil)
26432 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26433 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26434 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26435 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26436 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26438 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26439 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26440 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26441 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26442 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26443 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26444 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26446 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26447 mismatched $'s or braces.
26449 Special commands:
26450 \\{latex-mode-map}
26452 Mode variables:
26453 latex-run-command
26454 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26455 tex-directory
26456 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26457 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26458 tex-dvi-print-command
26459 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26460 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26461 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26462 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26463 tex-dvi-view-command
26464 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26465 tex-show-queue-command
26466 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26467 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26469 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26470 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26471 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26473 \(fn)" t nil)
26475 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26476 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26477 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26478 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26479 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26481 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26482 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26483 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26484 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26485 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26486 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26487 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26489 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26490 mismatched $'s or braces.
26492 Special commands:
26493 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26495 Mode variables:
26496 slitex-run-command
26497 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26498 tex-directory
26499 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26500 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26501 tex-dvi-print-command
26502 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26503 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26504 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26505 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26506 tex-dvi-view-command
26507 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26508 tex-show-queue-command
26509 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26510 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26512 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26513 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26514 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26515 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26517 \(fn)" t nil)
26519 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26520 Not documented
26522 \(fn)" nil nil)
26524 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26525 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26527 \(fn)" t nil)
26529 ;;;***
26531 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26532 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17746 34863))
26533 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26535 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26536 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26537 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26538 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26540 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26541 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26542 Info-split to do these manually.
26544 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26546 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26547 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26548 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26549 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26550 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26552 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26554 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26555 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26556 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26557 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26559 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26560 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26561 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26562 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26564 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26565 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26567 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26569 ;;;***
26571 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26572 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17504 41540))
26573 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26575 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26576 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26578 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
26580 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26581 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26583 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
26585 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26586 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26588 It has these extra commands:
26589 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26591 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26592 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26593 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26594 modified version of TeX input format.
26596 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26597 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26598 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26599 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26601 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26602 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26603 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26604 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26605 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26606 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26607 in the Texinfo file.
26609 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26610 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26611 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26612 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26613 move forward past the closing brace.
26615 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26616 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26618 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26619 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26620 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26622 Here are the functions:
26624 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26625 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26626 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26628 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26629 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26630 texinfo-master-menu
26632 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26634 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26635 which menu descriptions are indented.
26637 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26638 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26639 in the region.
26641 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26642 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26643 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26644 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26646 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26647 be the first node in the file.
26649 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26650 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26652 \(fn)" t nil)
26654 ;;;***
26656 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26657 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26658 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26659 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
26660 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26662 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26663 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26664 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26665 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26667 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26669 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26670 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26672 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26674 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26675 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26677 \(fn)" t nil)
26679 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26680 Not documented
26682 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26684 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26685 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26686 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26687 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26688 to compose.
26690 The return value is number of composed characters.
26692 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26694 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26695 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26699 ;;;***
26701 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26702 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26703 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17675 64484))
26704 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26706 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26707 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
26709 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26711 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26712 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26713 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26714 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26715 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26717 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26718 a symbol as a valid THING.
26720 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26721 of the textual entity that was found.
26723 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26725 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26726 Return the THING at point.
26727 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26728 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26729 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26731 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26732 a symbol as a valid THING.
26734 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26736 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26737 Not documented
26739 \(fn)" nil nil)
26741 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26742 Not documented
26744 \(fn)" nil nil)
26746 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26747 Not documented
26749 \(fn)" nil nil)
26751 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26752 Not documented
26754 \(fn)" nil nil)
26756 ;;;***
26758 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26759 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26760 ;;;;;; (17591 28068))
26761 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26763 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26764 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26766 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
26768 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26769 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26770 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26771 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26773 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26775 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26776 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26778 \(fn)" t nil)
26780 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26781 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26783 \(fn)" t nil)
26785 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26787 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26788 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26790 \(fn)" t nil)
26792 ;;;***
26794 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26795 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26796 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26797 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26798 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26799 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17504 41540))
26800 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26802 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26803 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26804 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26806 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
26808 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26809 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26811 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26813 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26814 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26815 The returned string has no composition information.
26817 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26819 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26820 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26822 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26824 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26825 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26827 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26829 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26830 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26831 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26832 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26834 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26836 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26837 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26838 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26839 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26841 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26843 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
26844 Not documented
26846 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26848 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26849 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26850 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26852 \(fn)" t nil)
26854 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26855 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26856 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26858 \(fn)" t nil)
26860 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26861 Not documented
26863 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26865 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26866 Not documented
26868 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26870 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26871 Not documented
26873 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26875 ;;;***
26877 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26878 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
26879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
26881 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
26882 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
26883 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26884 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26885 parameters.
26886 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26888 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26890 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
26891 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
26892 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26893 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26894 parameters.
26895 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26897 \(fn)" t nil)
26899 ;;;***
26901 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
26902 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17675 64484))
26903 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
26905 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
26906 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
26908 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
26910 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
26911 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26912 This display updates automatically every minute.
26913 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26914 are displayed as well.
26915 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26917 \(fn)" t nil)
26919 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
26920 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
26921 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26922 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26923 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26924 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
26926 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
26928 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
26929 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26930 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
26932 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
26933 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26934 are displayed as well.
26935 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26939 ;;;***
26941 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
26942 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
26943 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
26944 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17504
26945 ;;;;;; 41540))
26946 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
26948 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26949 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26951 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26953 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
26954 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
26955 You can use `float-time' instead.
26957 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26959 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
26960 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
26962 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
26964 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
26965 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
26967 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26969 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
26970 Convert DAYS into a time value.
26972 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
26974 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
26975 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
26976 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
26978 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26980 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
26982 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
26983 Subtract two time values.
26984 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
26986 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26988 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
26989 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
26991 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26993 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
26994 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
26995 DATE should be a date-time string.
26997 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26999 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27000 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27001 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27003 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27005 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27006 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27008 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27010 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27011 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27013 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27015 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27016 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27017 TIME should be a time value.
27018 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27020 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27022 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27023 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27024 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27026 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27028 ;;;***
27030 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27031 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17504 41540))
27032 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27033 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27034 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27035 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27036 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27037 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27038 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27039 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27041 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27042 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27043 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27044 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27045 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27046 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27047 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27048 look like one of the following:
27049 Time-stamp: <>
27050 Time-stamp: \" \"
27051 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27052 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27053 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27054 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27055 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27056 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27057 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27058 the template.
27060 \(fn)" t nil)
27062 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27063 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27064 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27068 ;;;***
27070 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27071 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27072 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27073 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27074 ;;;;;; (17628 62478))
27075 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27077 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27078 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27079 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27080 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27081 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27082 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27083 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27084 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27085 display (non-nil means on).
27087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27089 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27090 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27091 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27092 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27093 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27094 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27095 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27096 this function is called within a day.
27098 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27099 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27100 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27101 discover the name of the project.
27103 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27105 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27106 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27107 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27108 begun during the last time segment.
27110 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27111 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27112 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27113 discover the reason.
27115 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27117 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27118 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27119 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27120 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27121 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27123 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27125 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27126 Change to working on a different project.
27127 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27128 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27129 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27130 working on.
27132 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27134 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27135 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27136 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27138 \(fn)" nil nil)
27140 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27141 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27142 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27144 \(fn)" t nil)
27146 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27147 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27148 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27149 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27150 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27151 \"relative to today\".
27153 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27155 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27156 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27157 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27158 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27160 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27162 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27163 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27164 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27165 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27166 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27167 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27169 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27171 ;;;***
27173 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27174 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27175 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17687 61868))
27176 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27178 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27180 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27181 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27183 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27185 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27186 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27187 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27188 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27190 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27192 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27193 Perform an action at time TIME.
27194 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27195 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27196 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27197 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27198 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27199 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27201 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27203 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27205 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27206 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27207 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27208 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27209 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27211 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27213 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27215 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27216 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27217 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27218 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27220 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27222 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27223 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27224 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27225 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27226 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27227 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27228 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27230 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27231 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27233 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27235 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27236 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27238 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27239 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27240 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27241 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27242 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27243 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27244 be detected.
27246 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27248 ;;;***
27250 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27251 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17504 41540))
27252 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27254 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27255 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27256 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27257 the generated Quail package is saved.
27259 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27261 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27262 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27263 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27264 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27265 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27266 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27267 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27269 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27271 ;;;***
27273 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27274 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17504
27275 ;;;;;; 41540))
27276 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27278 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27279 Not documented
27281 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27283 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27284 Not documented
27286 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27288 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27289 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27290 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27291 PATTERN regexp.
27293 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27295 ;;;***
27297 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27298 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17504 41540))
27299 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27300 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27301 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27302 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27304 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27305 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27306 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27307 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27308 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27310 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27312 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27313 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27314 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27315 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27316 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27318 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27320 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27321 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27322 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27323 in the menu in two ways:
27324 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27325 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27326 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27328 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27329 keymap or an alist of alists.
27330 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27331 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27333 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27335 ;;;***
27337 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27338 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27339 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17504 41540))
27340 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27342 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27343 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27345 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27347 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27348 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27350 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27352 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27353 Insert new TODO list entry.
27354 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27355 category.
27357 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27359 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27360 List top priorities for each category.
27362 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27363 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27365 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27366 between each category.
27368 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27370 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27371 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27372 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27373 between each category.
27375 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27377 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27379 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27380 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27382 \\{todo-mode-map}
27384 \(fn)" t nil)
27386 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27387 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27389 \(fn)" nil nil)
27391 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27392 Show TODO list.
27394 \(fn)" t nil)
27396 ;;;***
27398 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27399 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27400 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
27401 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27403 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27405 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27406 Add an item to the tool bar.
27407 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27408 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27409 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27410 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27412 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27413 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27414 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27415 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27417 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27418 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27420 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27422 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27423 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27424 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27425 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27426 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27427 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27429 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27430 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27431 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27432 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27434 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27436 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27437 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27438 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27439 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27440 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27441 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27442 properties to add to the binding.
27444 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27446 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27447 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27449 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27451 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27452 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27453 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27454 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27455 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27456 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27457 properties to add to the binding.
27459 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27460 holds a keymap.
27462 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27464 ;;;***
27466 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27467 ;;;;;; (17746 34861))
27468 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27470 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27471 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27472 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27473 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27474 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27475 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27477 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27479 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27480 TPU/edt emulation.
27482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27484 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27486 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27487 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27489 \(fn)" t nil)
27491 ;;;***
27493 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27494 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17504 41540))
27495 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27497 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27498 Set scroll margins.
27500 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27502 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27503 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27505 \(fn)" t nil)
27507 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27508 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27510 \(fn)" t nil)
27512 ;;;***
27514 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17652 14943))
27515 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27517 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27518 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27519 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27520 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27521 to a tcp server on another machine.
27523 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27525 ;;;***
27527 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27528 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17656 34194))
27529 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27531 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27532 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27534 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27536 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27537 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27538 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27539 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27540 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27541 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27542 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27543 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27545 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27547 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27548 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27549 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27550 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27551 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27552 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27553 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27554 the window or buffer configuration.
27556 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27558 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27560 ;;;***
27562 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27563 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27564 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27565 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17759 28871))
27566 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27568 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27569 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27570 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27572 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27573 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27574 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27575 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27577 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27578 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27579 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27580 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27582 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27583 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27584 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27585 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27586 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27587 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27588 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27589 files which are not really tramp files.
27591 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27592 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27593 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27594 updated after changing this variable.
27596 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27598 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27600 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27601 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27602 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27603 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27605 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27606 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27607 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27608 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27610 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27611 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27612 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27614 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27615 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27616 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27617 updated after changing this variable.
27619 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27621 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27623 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27624 Alist of completion handler functions.
27625 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27626 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27627 normal Emacs functions.")
27629 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27630 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27631 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27632 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27634 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27635 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27636 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27637 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27639 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27640 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27641 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27643 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27645 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27646 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27647 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27649 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
27650 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27651 (add-hook
27652 'after-init-hook
27653 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
27655 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27656 Not documented
27658 \(fn)" nil nil)
27660 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27661 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27663 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27665 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27666 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27668 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27670 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27671 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27673 \(fn)" t nil)
27675 ;;;***
27677 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27678 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
27679 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27681 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27682 Not documented
27684 \(fn)" nil nil)
27686 ;;;***
27688 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags tumme-mark-tagged-files
27689 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-comment-files tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external
27690 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumb tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
27691 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
27692 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
27693 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17647
27694 ;;;;;; 30168))
27695 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27697 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27698 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
27700 \(fn)" t nil)
27702 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
27703 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27705 Convenience command that:
27707 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27708 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27709 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27711 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
27712 image files in dired and type
27713 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
27715 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27717 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
27718 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
27720 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27722 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27723 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27724 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
27725 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
27726 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
27727 another one).
27729 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
27730 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
27731 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
27733 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
27734 instead of erasing it first.
27736 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
27737 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
27738 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
27739 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
27740 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
27741 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
27743 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
27745 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
27746 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
27747 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
27748 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
27749 displayed.
27751 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
27753 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
27755 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
27756 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
27758 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27760 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
27761 Remove tag for selected file(s).
27762 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
27764 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27766 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
27767 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
27769 \(fn)" t nil)
27771 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27772 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27773 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27774 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27776 \(fn)" t nil)
27778 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
27779 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27781 \(fn)" t nil)
27783 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
27784 Shorthard for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
27786 \(fn)" t nil)
27788 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
27789 Display file at point using an external viewer.
27791 \(fn)" t nil)
27793 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
27794 Display current image file.
27795 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
27796 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
27798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27800 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
27801 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
27803 \(fn)" t nil)
27805 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
27806 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
27807 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
27808 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
27809 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
27810 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
27811 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
27813 \(fn)" t nil)
27815 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "tumme" "\
27816 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
27817 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
27818 easy-to-use form.
27820 \(fn)" t nil)
27822 ;;;***
27824 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (17735
27825 ;;;;;; 57938))
27826 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
27828 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
27829 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
27830 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
27831 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
27832 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
27833 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
27834 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
27835 any question when restarting the tutorial.
27837 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
27838 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
27839 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
27841 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
27842 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
27843 resumed later.
27845 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
27847 ;;;***
27849 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27850 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17706 55365))
27851 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27852 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27853 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27854 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27856 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
27857 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27858 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27859 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
27860 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27861 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27862 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27864 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27866 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
27867 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27868 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27869 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27871 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27873 \(fn)" t nil)
27875 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
27876 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27877 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27878 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27879 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
27880 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
27881 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
27883 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
27884 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
27886 First column's text sSs Second column's text
27887 \\___/\\
27888 / \\
27889 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
27891 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27893 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27895 ;;;***
27897 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
27898 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
27899 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
27900 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
27901 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
27902 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
27904 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
27905 Toggle typing break mode.
27906 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
27907 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27908 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
27910 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
27912 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
27913 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
27915 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
27917 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
27918 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
27920 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
27921 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
27922 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
27924 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
27925 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
27927 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
27929 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
27930 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
27932 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
27933 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
27934 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
27935 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
27937 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
27939 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
27940 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
27941 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
27943 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
27944 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
27945 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
27946 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
27947 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
27948 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
27950 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
27951 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
27952 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
27953 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
27955 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
27956 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
27958 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
27959 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
27961 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
27963 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
27964 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
27965 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
27967 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
27968 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
27969 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
27970 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
27971 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
27972 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
27973 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
27975 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
27976 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
27978 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
27979 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
27980 reset the keystroke counter.
27982 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
27983 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
27984 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
27985 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
27987 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
27988 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
27989 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
27990 `type-break-schedule' command.
27992 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
27993 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
27994 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
27995 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
27996 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
27997 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
27998 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
27999 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28000 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28002 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28003 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28004 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28005 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28006 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28008 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28009 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28010 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28011 approximate good values for this.
28013 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28014 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28016 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28017 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28018 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28019 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28020 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28021 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28023 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28024 a typing break occur. They include:
28026 `type-break-query-mode'
28027 `type-break-query-function'
28028 `type-break-query-interval'
28030 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28032 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28033 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28034 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28035 problems.
28037 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28039 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28040 Take a typing break.
28042 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28043 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28045 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28046 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28048 \(fn)" t nil)
28050 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28051 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28052 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28053 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28055 \(fn)" t nil)
28057 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28058 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28060 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28061 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28062 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28063 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28064 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28065 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28066 average typing speed.)
28068 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28069 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28070 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28071 the computed maximum threshold.
28073 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28074 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28075 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28076 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28077 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28079 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28081 ;;;***
28083 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28084 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17504 41540))
28085 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28087 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28088 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28089 Works by overstriking underscores.
28090 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28091 which specify the range to operate on.
28093 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28095 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28096 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28097 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28098 which specify the range to operate on.
28100 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28102 ;;;***
28104 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28105 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17504 41540))
28106 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28108 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28109 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28110 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28112 \(fn)" t nil)
28114 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28115 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28116 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28117 following the containing message.
28119 \(fn)" t nil)
28121 ;;;***
28123 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28124 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
28125 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28127 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28128 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28129 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28130 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28131 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28132 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28134 \(fn)" nil nil)
28136 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28137 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28139 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28141 ;;;***
28143 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17504
28144 ;;;;;; 41540))
28145 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28147 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28148 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28149 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28150 of symbols with local bindings.
28152 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28154 ;;;***
28156 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28157 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17746 34863))
28158 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28160 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28161 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28162 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28164 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28165 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28166 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28167 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28168 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28169 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28171 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28172 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28173 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28175 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28176 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28177 the callback is not called).
28179 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28180 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28181 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28182 take effect.
28184 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28186 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28187 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28188 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28189 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28190 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28192 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28194 ;;;***
28196 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28197 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17504 41540))
28198 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28200 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28201 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28202 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28204 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28205 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28206 `url-generic-parse-url'
28207 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28208 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28209 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28210 realm
28211 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28212 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28213 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28214 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28215 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28216 what type of auth to use
28217 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28218 if one cannot be found in the cache
28220 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28222 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28223 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28225 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28226 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28227 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28228 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28229 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28230 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28231 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28232 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28234 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28236 ;;;***
28238 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28239 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17504
28240 ;;;;;; 41540))
28241 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28243 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28244 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28246 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28248 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28249 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28251 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28253 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28254 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28256 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28258 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28259 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28261 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28263 ;;;***
28265 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17504 41540))
28266 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28268 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28269 Not documented
28271 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28273 ;;;***
28275 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28276 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17686 35930))
28277 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28279 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28280 Not documented
28282 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28284 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28285 Not documented
28287 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28289 ;;;***
28291 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17504
28292 ;;;;;; 41540))
28293 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28295 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28296 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28298 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28300 ;;;***
28302 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28303 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17759 30290))
28304 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28306 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28307 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28309 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28311 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28312 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28313 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28314 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28315 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28317 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28319 ;;;***
28321 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28322 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17652
28323 ;;;;;; 14946))
28324 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28326 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28327 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28328 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28329 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28330 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28331 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28333 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28335 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28336 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28340 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28341 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28342 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28343 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28344 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28345 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28346 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28347 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28348 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28350 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28352 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28353 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28354 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28355 accessible.
28357 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28359 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28360 Not documented
28362 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28364 ;;;***
28366 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28367 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17759 28874))
28368 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28370 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28371 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28372 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28373 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28374 CBARGS as the arguments.
28376 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28378 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28379 Not documented
28381 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28383 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28385 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28386 Not documented
28388 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28390 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28391 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28392 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28394 Property list members:
28396 methods
28397 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28398 supports.
28401 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28402 supported.
28404 dasl
28405 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28407 ranges
28408 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28411 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28412 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28413 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28414 Emacs/W3.
28416 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28418 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28419 Default HTTPS port.")
28421 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28422 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28424 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28425 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28426 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28427 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28428 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28430 ;;;***
28432 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17592 59703))
28433 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28435 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28436 Not documented
28438 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28440 ;;;***
28442 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17504
28443 ;;;;;; 41540))
28444 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28446 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28447 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28448 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28449 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28450 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28452 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28454 ;;;***
28456 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28457 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
28458 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28460 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28461 Not documented
28463 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28465 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28466 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28468 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28470 ;;;***
28472 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28473 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17504 41540))
28474 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28476 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28477 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28479 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28481 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28482 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28484 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28486 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28487 Not documented
28489 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28491 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28493 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28495 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28497 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28498 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28500 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28502 ;;;***
28504 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28505 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
28506 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28508 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28509 Not documented
28511 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28513 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28514 Not documented
28516 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28518 ;;;***
28520 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28521 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28522 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
28523 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28525 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28526 Not documented
28528 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28530 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28531 Not documented
28533 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28535 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28536 Not documented
28538 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28540 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28541 Not documented
28543 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28545 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28546 Not documented
28548 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28550 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28551 Not documented
28553 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28555 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28556 Not documented
28558 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28560 ;;;***
28562 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28563 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17759 28874))
28564 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28566 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28567 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28569 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28571 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28572 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28573 Format is:
28574 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28576 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28578 ;;;***
28580 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28581 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
28582 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28584 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28585 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28587 \(fn)" t nil)
28589 ;;;***
28591 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28592 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28593 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28594 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28595 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28596 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28597 ;;;;;; (17615 40606))
28598 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28600 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28601 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28602 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28604 If t, all messages will be logged.
28605 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28606 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28608 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28610 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28611 Not documented
28613 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28615 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28616 Not documented
28618 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28620 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28621 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28622 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28623 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28624 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28625 & ==> &amp;
28626 < ==> &lt;
28627 > ==> &gt;
28628 \" ==> &quot;
28630 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28632 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28633 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28634 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28636 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28638 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28639 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28640 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28642 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28644 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28645 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28647 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28649 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28650 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28652 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28654 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28655 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28657 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28659 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28660 Not documented
28662 \(fn N)" nil nil)
28664 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28665 Not documented
28667 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28669 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28670 Not documented
28672 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28674 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28675 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28677 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28679 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28680 Not documented
28682 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28684 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28685 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28686 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28687 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28688 forbidden in URL encoding.
28690 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28692 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28693 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
28694 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
28695 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
28696 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
28697 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
28699 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28701 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28702 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28703 If optional variable X is t,
28704 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28706 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28708 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28709 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28710 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28712 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28714 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28715 View the current document's URL.
28716 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28717 the minibuffer.
28719 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28721 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28723 ;;;***
28725 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28726 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17504 41540))
28727 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28729 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28730 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28731 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28732 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28733 to refrain from editing the file
28734 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28735 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28736 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28737 in any way you like.
28739 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28741 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28742 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28743 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28744 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28745 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28747 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28748 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28750 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
28752 ;;;***
28754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17504 41540))
28755 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28756 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
28758 ;;;***
28760 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28761 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28762 ;;;;;; (17548 26487))
28763 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28765 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28766 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28767 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28768 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28770 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28772 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28773 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28774 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28776 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28778 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28779 Uudecode region between START and END.
28780 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28782 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28784 ;;;***
28786 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28787 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28788 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28789 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28790 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28791 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28792 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17721 3805))
28793 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28795 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28796 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28797 See `run-hooks'.")
28799 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
28801 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28802 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28803 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28805 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28807 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28808 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28809 See `run-hooks'.")
28811 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28813 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28814 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28816 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28818 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28819 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28821 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28823 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28824 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28825 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28826 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28827 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28828 somebody else, signal error.
28830 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28832 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28833 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28834 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28835 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28836 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28838 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28840 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
28841 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
28842 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
28843 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
28844 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
28845 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
28846 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
28847 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
28848 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
28849 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
28850 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
28851 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
28853 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
28855 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
28856 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
28858 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
28859 it will operate on the file in the current line.
28861 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
28862 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
28863 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
28864 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
28865 lock steals will raise an error.
28867 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
28869 For RCS and SCCS files:
28870 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28871 control.
28872 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28873 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
28874 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28875 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
28876 it performs a revert.
28877 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28878 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28879 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28880 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28881 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
28882 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
28883 the option to steal the lock.
28885 For CVS files:
28886 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28887 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
28888 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
28889 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
28890 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
28891 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
28892 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
28893 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
28894 merge in the changes into your working copy.
28896 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
28898 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
28899 Register the current file into a version control system.
28900 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
28901 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
28903 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
28904 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
28905 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
28906 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
28907 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
28908 first backend that could register the file is used.
28910 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
28912 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
28913 Display diffs between file versions.
28914 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
28915 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
28916 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
28917 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
28918 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28919 saving the buffer.
28921 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28923 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
28924 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
28925 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
28926 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
28928 \(fn REV)" t nil)
28930 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
28931 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
28932 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
28933 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
28935 \(fn)" t nil)
28937 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
28938 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
28939 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
28940 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
28941 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
28942 from the current branch.
28944 See Info node `Merging'.
28946 \(fn)" t nil)
28948 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
28950 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
28951 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
28953 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
28955 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
28956 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
28958 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
28960 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
28961 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
28962 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
28963 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
28964 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
28965 are checked out in that new branch.
28967 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
28969 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
28970 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
28971 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
28972 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
28973 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
28974 allowed and simply skipped).
28976 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
28978 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
28979 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
28980 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
28982 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
28984 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
28985 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
28986 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
28987 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
28988 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
28990 \(fn)" t nil)
28992 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
28993 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
28994 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
28995 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
28996 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
28997 the current branch are merged into the working file.
28999 \(fn)" t nil)
29001 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29002 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29003 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29005 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29007 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29008 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29009 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29010 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29011 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29012 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29013 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29015 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29017 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29018 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29019 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29020 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29021 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29022 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29023 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29024 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29025 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29027 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29029 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29030 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29032 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29034 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29035 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29036 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29037 directory.
29039 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29041 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29042 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29043 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29045 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29046 log entries should be gathered.
29048 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29050 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29051 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29053 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29054 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29055 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29056 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29057 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29058 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29060 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29061 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29062 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29063 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29064 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29065 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29066 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29067 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29069 Customization variables:
29071 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29072 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29073 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29074 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29076 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29078 ;;;***
29080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17504 41540))
29081 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29082 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29083 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29084 (progn
29085 (load "vc-arch")
29086 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29088 ;;;***
29090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17504 41540))
29091 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29092 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29093 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29094 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29095 (load "vc-cvs")
29096 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29098 ;;;***
29100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17504 41540))
29101 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29102 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29103 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29104 (progn
29105 (load "vc-mcvs")
29106 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29108 ;;;***
29110 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29111 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
29112 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29114 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29115 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29116 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29118 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29119 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29121 ;;;***
29123 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29124 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
29125 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29127 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29128 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29129 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29131 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29132 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29134 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29135 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29136 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29137 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29139 ;;;***
29141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17746 41336))
29142 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29143 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29144 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29145 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29146 "_svn")
29147 (t ".svn"))))
29148 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29149 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29150 (file-name-directory f)))
29151 (load "vc-svn")
29152 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29154 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29156 ;;;***
29158 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29159 ;;;;;; (17759 28874))
29160 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29162 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29163 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29165 Usage:
29166 ------
29168 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29169 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29170 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29171 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29172 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29173 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29174 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29175 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29176 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29178 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29179 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29180 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29181 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29183 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29184 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29185 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29186 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29187 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29189 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29190 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29193 HEADER INSERTION:
29194 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29195 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29196 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29199 STUTTERING:
29200 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29201 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29202 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29203 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29205 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29206 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29207 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29208 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29209 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29212 WORD COMPLETION:
29213 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29214 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29215 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29216 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29218 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29219 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29220 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29221 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29222 beginning with \"std\").
29224 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29225 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29226 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29227 stop.
29230 COMMENTS:
29231 `--' puts a single comment.
29232 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29233 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29234 with a comment in between.
29235 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29236 out following lines.
29237 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29238 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29240 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29241 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29242 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29243 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29244 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29245 non-nil.
29247 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29248 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29249 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29250 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29251 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29252 multi-line comments.
29255 INDENTATION:
29256 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29257 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29258 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29259 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29261 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29262 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29263 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29264 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29266 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29267 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29268 and vice versa.
29270 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29271 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29274 ALIGNMENT:
29275 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29276 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29277 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29278 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29279 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29280 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29281 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29282 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29284 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29285 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29286 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29287 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29288 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29289 is non-nil.
29291 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29292 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29293 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29295 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29296 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29299 CODE FILLING:
29300 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29301 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29302 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29303 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29304 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29305 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29308 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29309 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29310 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29311 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29312 command:
29314 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29317 PORT TRANSLATION:
29318 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29319 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29320 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29321 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29322 internal signal initializations (menu).
29324 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29325 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29326 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29328 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29329 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29330 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29331 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29332 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29333 in subsequent paste operations.)
29335 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29336 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29337 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29340 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29341 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29342 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29343 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29344 association list with formals).
29347 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29348 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29349 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29350 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29351 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29352 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29353 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29354 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29355 `vhdl-testbench'.
29358 KEY BINDINGS:
29359 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29362 VHDL MENU:
29363 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29366 FILE BROWSER:
29367 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29368 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29369 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29371 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29372 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29375 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29376 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29377 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29378 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29380 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29381 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29382 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29384 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29385 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29386 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29387 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29389 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29390 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29391 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29392 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29393 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29395 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29396 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29397 required by secondary units.
29400 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29401 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29402 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29403 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29404 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29405 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29406 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29407 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29408 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29409 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29410 inputs to this component -> input port created
29411 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29412 outputs from this component -> output port created
29413 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29414 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29416 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29417 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29418 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29419 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29420 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29422 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29423 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29425 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29426 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29427 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29428 component instantiation is also supported (option
29429 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29431 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29432 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29433 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29434 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29435 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29436 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29437 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29438 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29439 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29440 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29441 | generating the configuration.
29443 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29444 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29445 | configurations in speedbar.
29447 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29450 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29451 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29452 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29453 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29454 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29455 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29456 information. New compilers can be added.
29458 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29459 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29462 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29463 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29464 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29465 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29466 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29468 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29469 command:
29471 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29472 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29473 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29475 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29476 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29477 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29478 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29479 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29480 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29481 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29483 Limitations:
29484 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29485 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29486 not (yet) supported.
29487 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29488 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29489 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29492 PROJECTS:
29493 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29494 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29495 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29496 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29497 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29498 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29499 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29500 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29502 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29503 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29504 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29505 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29506 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29507 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29508 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29509 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29510 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29511 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29512 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29515 SPECIAL MENUES:
29516 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29517 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29518 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29519 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29520 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29521 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29522 current directory for VHDL source files.
29525 VHDL STANDARDS:
29526 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29527 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29530 KEYWORD CASE:
29531 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29532 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29533 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29534 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29535 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29536 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29537 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29538 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29541 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29542 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29543 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29544 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29545 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29546 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29547 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29549 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29550 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29551 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29552 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29553 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29554 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29556 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29557 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29558 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29559 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29560 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29561 visually.
29563 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29564 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29565 highlighted if written in lower case.
29567 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29568 highlighted using a different background color if option
29569 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29571 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29572 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29573 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29574 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29575 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29578 USER MODELS:
29579 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29580 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29581 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29584 HIDE/SHOW:
29585 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29586 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29587 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29588 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29589 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29592 CODE UPDATING:
29593 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29594 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29595 Limitations:
29596 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29597 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29598 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29599 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29600 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29601 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29602 (used to obtain the port names).
29605 CODE FIXING:
29606 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29607 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29610 PRINTING:
29611 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29612 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29613 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29614 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29615 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29616 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29617 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29618 printers.
29621 OPTIONS:
29622 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29623 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29624 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29625 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29626 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29628 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29629 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29630 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29631 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29632 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29633 INSTALL file).
29635 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29636 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29639 FILE EXTENSIONS:
29640 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29641 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29642 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29644 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29647 HINTS:
29648 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29649 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29651 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29653 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29655 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29658 RELEASE NOTES:
29659 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29662 Maintenance:
29663 ------------
29665 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29666 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29668 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29670 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29671 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29672 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29673 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29675 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29676 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29677 where the latest version can be found.
29680 Known problems:
29681 ---------------
29683 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29684 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29685 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29688 The VHDL Mode Authors
29689 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29691 Key bindings:
29692 -------------
29694 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
29696 \(fn)" t nil)
29698 ;;;***
29700 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17504 41540))
29701 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29703 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29704 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29705 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29706 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29708 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29709 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29710 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29711 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29712 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29714 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29715 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29717 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29719 * Limitations and unsupported features
29720 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29721 not supported.
29722 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29723 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29725 * Modifications
29726 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29727 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29728 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29729 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29730 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29731 for undoing a repeated change command.
29732 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29733 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29734 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29736 * Extensions
29737 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29738 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29739 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29740 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29741 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29742 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29743 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29744 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29746 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29748 \(fn)" t nil)
29750 ;;;***
29752 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29753 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29754 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29755 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17504 41540))
29756 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29758 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29759 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29761 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29763 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29764 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29765 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29766 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29768 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29770 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29771 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29773 \(fn)" t nil)
29775 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29776 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29777 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29778 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29780 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29782 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29783 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29785 \(fn)" t nil)
29787 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29788 Not documented
29790 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29792 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29793 Not documented
29795 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29797 ;;;***
29799 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29800 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29801 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17504
29802 ;;;;;; 41540))
29803 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29805 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29806 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29807 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29808 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29810 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29812 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29813 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29814 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29815 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29816 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29817 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29818 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29820 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29822 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29824 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29825 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29826 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29827 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29828 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29829 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29830 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29831 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29833 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29835 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29837 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29838 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
29839 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
29840 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29841 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29842 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29843 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29844 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29846 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29848 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29850 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
29851 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29852 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29853 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29854 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29855 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29856 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29858 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29860 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29861 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29862 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29864 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29866 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
29867 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
29868 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29869 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29870 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29871 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29872 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29873 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29875 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29877 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29878 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29879 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29881 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29883 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
29884 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
29885 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29886 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29887 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29888 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29889 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29890 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29892 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29894 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29895 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29896 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29898 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29900 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
29901 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
29902 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
29904 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
29905 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
29906 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
29907 read-only.
29908 \\<view-mode-map>
29909 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
29910 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
29911 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
29912 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
29913 commands default to a repeat count of one.
29915 H, h, ? This message.
29916 Digits provide prefix arguments.
29917 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
29918 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
29919 > move to the end of buffer.
29920 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
29921 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
29922 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
29923 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
29924 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
29925 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29926 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29927 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29928 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
29929 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29930 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
29931 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
29932 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
29933 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
29934 Use this to view a changing file.
29935 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
29936 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
29937 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
29938 . set the mark.
29939 x exchanges point and mark.
29940 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
29941 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
29942 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
29943 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
29944 ' go to position saved in character register.
29945 s do forward incremental search.
29946 r do reverse incremental search.
29947 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
29948 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
29949 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
29950 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
29951 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
29952 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
29953 p searches backward for last regular expression.
29954 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
29955 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
29956 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
29957 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
29958 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
29959 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
29960 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
29961 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
29962 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
29963 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
29965 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
29966 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
29967 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
29968 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
29969 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
29970 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
29971 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
29972 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
29973 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
29975 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29979 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
29980 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
29981 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
29982 `view-return-to-alist'.
29983 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
29984 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
29985 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
29987 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
29988 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
29989 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
29990 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
29991 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
29992 1) nil Do nothing.
29993 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
29994 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
29995 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
29996 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
29998 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30000 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30002 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30004 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30005 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30007 \(fn)" t nil)
30009 ;;;***
30011 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17746
30012 ;;;;;; 34861))
30013 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30015 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30016 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30018 \(fn)" nil nil)
30020 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30021 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30023 \(fn)" t nil)
30025 ;;;***
30027 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30028 ;;;;;; (17746 34861))
30029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30031 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30032 Toggle Viper on/off.
30033 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30035 \(fn)" t nil)
30037 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30038 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
30040 \(fn)" t nil)
30042 ;;;***
30044 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30045 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
30046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30048 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30049 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30050 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30051 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30052 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30053 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30054 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30055 the beginning of the warning.")
30057 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30058 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30059 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30060 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30061 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30062 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30063 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30064 also call that function before the next warning.")
30066 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30067 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30069 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30070 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30071 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30072 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30074 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30075 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30076 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30077 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30078 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30079 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30081 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30082 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30083 Default is :warning.
30085 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30086 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30087 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30088 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30089 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30090 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30092 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30093 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30095 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30097 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30098 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30100 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30102 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30103 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30104 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30105 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30107 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30108 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30109 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30110 can be whatever you like.)
30112 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30113 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30115 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30116 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30117 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30118 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30119 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30121 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30123 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30124 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30125 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30126 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30127 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30129 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30131 ;;;***
30133 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30134 ;;;;;; (17611 30621))
30135 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30137 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30138 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30139 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30140 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30141 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30142 in disk.
30144 See `wdired-mode'.
30146 \(fn)" t nil)
30148 ;;;***
30150 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17504 41540))
30151 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30153 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30154 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30156 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30157 hotlist.
30159 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30160 <nwv@acm.org>.
30162 \(fn)" t nil)
30164 ;;;***
30166 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30167 ;;;;;; (17611 25727))
30168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30169 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30170 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30172 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30174 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30175 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30176 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30177 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30178 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30179 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30181 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30183 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30184 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30185 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30186 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30188 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30189 and off otherwise.
30191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30193 ;;;***
30195 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30196 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30197 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30198 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30199 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30200 ;;;;;; (17746 34861))
30201 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30203 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30204 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30206 \(fn)" t nil)
30208 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30209 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30211 \(fn)" t nil)
30213 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30214 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30216 \(fn)" t nil)
30218 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30219 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30221 \(fn)" t nil)
30223 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30224 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30226 \(fn)" t nil)
30228 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30229 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30230 These are:
30231 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30232 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30233 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30234 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30235 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30237 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30238 and:
30239 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30240 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30242 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30244 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30245 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30247 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30249 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30250 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30251 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30252 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30253 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30255 \(fn)" t nil)
30257 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30258 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30260 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30262 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30264 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30265 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30266 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30267 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30268 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30269 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30271 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30273 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30274 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30275 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30277 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30278 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30282 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30283 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30284 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30286 \(fn)" t nil)
30288 ;;;***
30290 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30291 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17504 41540))
30292 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30294 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30295 Browse the widget under point.
30297 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30299 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30300 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30302 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30304 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30305 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30307 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30309 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30310 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30311 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30315 ;;;***
30317 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30318 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17746
30319 ;;;;;; 34861))
30320 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30322 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30323 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30325 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30327 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30328 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30329 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30331 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30333 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30334 Create widget of TYPE.
30335 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30337 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30339 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30340 Delete WIDGET.
30342 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30344 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30345 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30347 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30349 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30351 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30352 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30353 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30355 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30356 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30358 \(fn)" nil nil)
30360 ;;;***
30362 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30363 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17504
30364 ;;;;;; 41540))
30365 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30367 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30368 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30369 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30370 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30371 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30372 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30373 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30377 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30378 Select the window above the current one.
30379 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30380 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30381 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30382 negative ARG) of the current window.
30383 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30387 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30388 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30389 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30390 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30391 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30392 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30393 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30397 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30398 Select the window below the current one.
30399 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30400 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30401 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30402 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30403 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30407 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30408 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30409 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30410 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30412 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30414 ;;;***
30416 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30417 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
30418 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30420 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30421 Toggle Winner mode.
30422 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30423 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30425 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30427 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30428 Toggle Winner mode.
30429 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30433 ;;;***
30435 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30436 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17715 55645))
30437 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30439 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30440 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30441 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30442 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30443 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30444 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30445 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30446 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30448 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30449 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30451 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30453 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30454 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30456 \(fn)" t nil)
30458 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30459 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30460 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30461 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30462 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30463 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30464 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30465 `woman' command for further details.
30467 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30469 ;;;***
30471 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30472 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
30473 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30475 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30476 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30478 BUGS:
30479 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30480 are not implemented
30481 - Options for search and replace
30482 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30483 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30485 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30486 Emacs-like.
30488 The key bindings are:
30490 C-a backward-word
30491 C-b fill-paragraph
30492 C-c scroll-up-line
30493 C-d forward-char
30494 C-e previous-line
30495 C-f forward-word
30496 C-g delete-char
30497 C-h backward-char
30498 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30499 C-j help-for-help
30500 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30501 C-l ws-repeat-search
30502 C-n open-line
30503 C-p quoted-insert
30504 C-r scroll-down-line
30505 C-s backward-char
30506 C-t kill-word
30507 C-u keyboard-quit
30508 C-v overwrite-mode
30509 C-w scroll-down
30510 C-x next-line
30511 C-y kill-complete-line
30512 C-z scroll-up
30514 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30515 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30516 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30517 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30518 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30519 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30520 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30521 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30522 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30523 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30524 C-k b ws-begin-block
30525 C-k c ws-copy-block
30526 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30527 C-k f find-file
30528 C-k h ws-show-markers
30529 C-k i ws-indent-block
30530 C-k k ws-end-block
30531 C-k p ws-print-block
30532 C-k q kill-emacs
30533 C-k r insert-file
30534 C-k s save-some-buffers
30535 C-k t ws-mark-word
30536 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30537 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30538 C-k v ws-move-block
30539 C-k w ws-write-block
30540 C-k x kill-emacs
30541 C-k y ws-delete-block
30543 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30544 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30545 C-o j justify-current-line
30546 C-o k kill-buffer
30547 C-o l list-buffers
30548 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30549 C-o r set-fill-column
30550 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30551 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30552 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30553 C-o wo other-window
30554 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30556 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30557 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30558 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30559 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30560 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30561 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30562 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30563 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30564 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30565 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30566 C-q a ws-query-replace
30567 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30568 C-q c end-of-buffer
30569 C-q d end-of-line
30570 C-q f ws-search
30571 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30572 C-q l ws-undo
30573 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30574 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30575 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30576 C-q w ws-last-error
30577 C-q y ws-kill-eol
30578 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30580 \(fn)" t nil)
30582 ;;;***
30584 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30585 ;;;;;; (17610 3931))
30586 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30588 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30589 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30590 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30591 Returns the top node with all its children.
30592 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30593 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30595 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30597 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30598 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30599 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30600 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30601 is not well-formed XML.
30602 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30603 and returned as the first element of the list.
30604 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30606 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30608 ;;;***
30610 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17504
30611 ;;;;;; 41540))
30612 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30614 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30615 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30616 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30617 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30618 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30619 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30621 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
30623 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30624 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30625 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30627 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30628 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30629 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30630 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30631 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30632 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30634 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30636 ;;;***
30638 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30639 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17504 41540))
30640 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30642 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30643 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30645 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30647 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30648 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30650 \(fn)" nil nil)
30652 ;;;***
30654 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30655 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17504 41540))
30656 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30658 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30659 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30661 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30663 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30664 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30666 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30668 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30669 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30670 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30672 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30674 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30675 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30677 \(fn)" t nil)
30679 ;;;***
30681 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17504 41540))
30682 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30684 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30685 Zone out, completely.
30687 \(fn)" t nil)
30689 ;;;***
30691 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30692 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30693 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30694 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30695 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30696 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30697 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30698 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30699 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30700 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30701 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30702 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30703 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30704 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30705 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
30706 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30707 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30708 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30709 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30710 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el"
30711 ;;;;;; "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
30712 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
30713 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30714 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30715 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30716 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30717 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
30718 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
30719 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
30720 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
30721 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30722 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30723 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30724 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30725 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30726 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30727 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30728 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-menu.el"
30729 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-nicklist.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
30730 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
30731 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
30732 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
30733 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
30734 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
30735 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
30736 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
30737 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
30738 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el"
30739 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el"
30740 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30741 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30742 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30743 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
30744 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
30745 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30746 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30747 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30748 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30749 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30750 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30751 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30752 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30753 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30754 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30755 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30756 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30757 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30758 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30759 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30760 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30761 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30762 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30763 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30764 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30765 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30766 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30767 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30768 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30769 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30770 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30771 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30772 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30773 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30774 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30775 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30776 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30777 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30778 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30779 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30780 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30781 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30782 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30783 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30784 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30785 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30786 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30787 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30788 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30789 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30790 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30791 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30792 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30793 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30794 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30795 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30796 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
30797 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
30798 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30799 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30800 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30801 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
30802 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
30803 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
30804 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
30805 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
30806 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
30807 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
30808 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
30809 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el"
30810 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el"
30811 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el"
30812 ;;;;;; "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el"
30813 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
30814 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
30815 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
30816 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
30817 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
30818 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
30819 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
30820 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
30821 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
30822 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
30823 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
30824 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
30825 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
30826 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
30827 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
30828 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (17759 32231 360716))
30830 ;;;***
30832 ;; Local Variables:
30833 ;; version-control: never
30834 ;; no-byte-compile: t
30835 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
30836 ;; End:
30837 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here